Update POs

20 files changed, 24388 insertions, 13404 deletions

diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po
index aea75109..27eb9086 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ca.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ca.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ca/)\n"
+"Language: ca\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ca\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,38 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els "
+"termes i les condicions de la llicència."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després "
+"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. "
+"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +84,9 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +99,32 @@ msgstr "ca"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu "
+"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. "
+"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser "
+"seleccionats en els següents passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -127,38 +144,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En "
+"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits "
+"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu "
+"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,20 +189,31 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és "
+"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, "
+"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A "
+"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut "
+"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la "
+"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de "
+"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per "
+"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters."
+msgstr ""
+"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És "
+"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), "
+"nombres i altres caràcters."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -196,14 +226,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador."
+msgstr ""
+"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari "
+"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions "
+"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb "
+"el seu ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
@@ -216,9 +251,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari."
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de "
+"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. "
+"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +265,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al "
+"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu "
+"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la "
+"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les "
+"dues caselles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un "
+"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +296,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura."
+msgstr ""
+"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris "
+"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</"
+"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és "
+"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop "
+"s'hagi arrencat de nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -264,12 +317,16 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els "
+"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> "
+"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -282,7 +339,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant."
+msgstr ""
+"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una "
+"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. "
+"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +350,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan "
+"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una "
+"clau de memòria USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +362,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o "
+"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un "
+"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit "
+"que els usuaris normals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +374,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us "
+"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu "
+"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +385,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a "
+"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo "
+"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és "
+"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc "
+"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,46 +434,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no "
+"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, "
+"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», "
+"«Tipus»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)."
+msgstr ""
+"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc "
+"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el "
+"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de "
+"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu "
+"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a "
+"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del "
+"punt de muntatge en blanc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -404,15 +498,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. "
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i "
+"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la "
+"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la "
+"mida. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a "
+"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions "
+"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -422,9 +523,11 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles "
+"per a afinar la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -432,14 +535,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la "
+"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives "
+"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -451,21 +559,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</"
+"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt "
+"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</"
+"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció "
+"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns "
+"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger "
+"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a "
+"instal·lació predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -474,7 +591,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre."
+msgstr ""
+"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és "
+"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el "
+"ratolí per sobre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -496,74 +616,91 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir "
+"o eliminar paquets individualment."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de "
+"com fer una instal·lació mínima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la "
+"instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</"
+"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets "
+"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest "
+"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu "
+"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configura els serveis"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega "
+"l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup "
+"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,7 +712,8 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior."
+msgstr ""
+"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -587,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configura la zona horària"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix "
+"fus horari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a "
+"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots "
+"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment "
+"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu "
+"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -666,7 +820,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no "
+"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un "
+"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -674,14 +831,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques."
+msgstr ""
+"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si "
+"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer "
+"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser "
+"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -689,30 +851,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de "
+"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, "
+"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització."
+msgstr ""
+"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si "
+"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,19 +889,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat "
+"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat "
+"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X "
+"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o "
+"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents "
+"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</"
+"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha "
+"fet bé, corregiu-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu "
+"la vostra targeta de la llista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -743,7 +922,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor "
+"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</"
+"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir "
+"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -755,7 +939,9 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la "
+"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,19 +949,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no "
+"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu "
+"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són "
+"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap "
+"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar "
+"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està "
+"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar "
+"activar o desactivar diverses opcions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +982,9 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment "
+"identificarà correctament el vostre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -796,15 +993,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer "
+"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar "
+"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la "
+"documentació del monitor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +1019,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de "
+"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència "
+"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i "
+"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es "
+"mostren les línies."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +1036,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de "
+"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre "
+"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració "
+"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a "
+"partir de la base de dades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +1066,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el "
+"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1089,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de "
+"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les "
+"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas "
+"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat "
+"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1108,64 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà."
+msgstr ""
+"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-"
+"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que "
+"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</"
+"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, "
+"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, "
+"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge "
+"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si "
+"n'hi ha tres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les "
+"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. "
+"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de "
+"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -949,21 +1188,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les "
+"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular."
+msgstr ""
+"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la "
+"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1221,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions "
+"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1233,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la "
+"instal·lació de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1247,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que "
+"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1007,7 +1259,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, "
+"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet "
+"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1018,7 +1273,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La "
+"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat "
+"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi "
+"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la "
+"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer "
+"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers "
+"personals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1033,7 +1295,8 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1041,7 +1304,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja "
+"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1051,9 +1316,11 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació "
+"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,10 +1329,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels "
+"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de "
+"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador "
+"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, "
+"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. "
+"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un "
+"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament "
+"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1081,7 +1356,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre "
+"parell de megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1098,8 +1375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1122,10 +1398,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest "
+"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les "
+"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1136,64 +1415,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota "
+"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a "
+"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Enhorabona"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara "
+"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar "
+"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se "
+"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,43 +1502,53 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatació"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les "
+"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a "
+"formatar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on "
+"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1250,14 +1557,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla "
+"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les "
+"particions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> "
+"per a continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1270,14 +1584,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, "
+"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la "
+"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal."
+msgstr ""
+"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció "
+"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1297,9 +1616,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1322,7 +1640,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1334,9 +1653,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1351,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1410,7 +1730,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1428,7 +1749,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1442,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1462,9 +1785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,8 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1487,24 +1809,30 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden "
+"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir "
+"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys "
+"habituals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual."
+msgstr ""
+"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que "
+"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1514,10 +1842,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar "
+"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un "
+"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a "
+"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo "
+"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-"
+"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1529,24 +1865,26 @@ msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la "
+"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. "
+"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la "
+"consola."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1562,7 +1900,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a "
+"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la "
+"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu "
+"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb "
+"d'altres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1574,9 +1917,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de "
+"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la "
+"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és "
+"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"significaria 256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1589,9 +1937,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,29 +1946,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualitzacions"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets."
+msgstr ""
+"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> "
+"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1629,7 +1976,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, "
+"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió "
+"a Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1641,55 +1991,72 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits "
+"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. "
+"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a "
+"seleccionar durant els següents passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la "
+"base de la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant "
+"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom "
+"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a "
+"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes "
+"WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una "
+"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és "
+"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. "
+"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/"
+"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1700,9 +2067,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de "
+"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1711,14 +2081,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos "
+"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé "
+"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta "
+"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us "
+"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1726,34 +2103,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1762,7 +2142,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en "
+"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar "
+"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1778,9 +2162,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. "
+"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1792,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la "
+"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1802,7 +2190,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada."
+msgstr ""
+"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
@@ -1823,9 +2212,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi "
+"directori <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1837,14 +2228,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques."
+msgstr ""
+"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon "
+"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades "
+"tasques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament."
+msgstr ""
+"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que "
+"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1866,7 +2262,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la "
+"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1878,7 +2276,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, "
+"ratolins de bola, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,10 +2288,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat."
+msgstr ""
+"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. "
+"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més "
+"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1900,9 +2303,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1912,10 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1934,14 +2338,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb "
+"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és "
+"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de "
+"Control de Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc "
+"perquè vigili també aquella interfície."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1954,14 +2364,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció "
+"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor "
+"intermediari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els "
+"paràmetres que cal posar aquí"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,9 +2391,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de "
+"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús "
+"general."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1995,50 +2413,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les."
+msgstr ""
+"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els "
+"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-"
+"les."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions "
+"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivell de seguretat"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2056,7 +2487,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de "
+"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control "
+"de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2083,8 +2517,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2098,14 +2532,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2116,30 +2548,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2151,30 +2579,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2184,31 +2608,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2218,21 +2638,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2242,8 +2659,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2253,8 +2669,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2269,23 +2684,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,8 +2706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2304,8 +2716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2325,25 +2736,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,29 +2783,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2419,9 +2830,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2867,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2876,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2577,16 +2975,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2594,15 +2991,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2610,14 +3010,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de "
+"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si "
+"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2626,7 +3031,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria "
+"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu "
+"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2637,14 +3046,23 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar "
+"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten "
+"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, "
+"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als "
+"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i "
+"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els "
+"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden "
+"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2652,7 +3070,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador»  -&gt; «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, "
+"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura "
+"l'ordinador»  -&gt; «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari "
+"primari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2662,9 +3084,11 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +3099,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2688,7 +3114,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el "
+"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2696,31 +3124,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de "
+"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de "
+"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués "
+"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor "
+"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar "
+"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una "
+"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador "
+"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo "
+"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu "
+"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu "
+"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de "
+"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2732,43 +3177,61 @@ msgstr "Teclat"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba "
+"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició "
+"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les "
+"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al "
+"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que "
+"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Mapes_de_teclats</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a "
+"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-"
+"hi el teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al "
+"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels "
+"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i "
+"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la "
+"llista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2776,7 +3239,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines."
+msgstr ""
+"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla "
+"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les "
+"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2789,38 +3255,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent "
+"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta "
+"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó  <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, "
+"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó  "
+"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil "
+"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües."
+msgstr ""
+"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de "
+"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a "
+"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, "
+"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2828,141 +3308,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot "
+"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la "
+"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües "
+"instal·lades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Gestiona la localització del sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre "
+"de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Gestiona la localització del "
+"sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 "
+"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</"
+"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis "
+"botons o més."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó "
+"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i "
+"editant la pantalla que hi apareix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una "
+"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la "
+"completament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap "
+"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent."
+msgstr ""
+"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No "
+"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que "
+"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu "
+"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé "
+"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3508,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a "
+"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu "
+"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou "
+"menú d'arrencada de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de "
+"l'antic GRUB i Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2996,14 +3529,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB."
+msgstr ""
+"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan "
+"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el "
+"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que "
+"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,41 +3552,57 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de "
+"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el "
+"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que "
+"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR "
+"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase "
+"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició."
+msgstr ""
+"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar "
+"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la "
+"pantalla d'instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent."
+msgstr ""
+"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja "
+"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment "
+"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en "
+"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació "
+"del sistema operatiu corresponent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3059,66 +3613,76 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté "
+"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</"
+"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</"
+"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configuració SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns "
+"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els "
+"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI."
+msgstr ""
+"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuració del so"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3690,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha "
+"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3136,16 +3702,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla."
+msgstr ""
+"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i "
+"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu "
+"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre "
+"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i "
+"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta "
+"de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu "
+"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de "
+"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el "
+"problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,44 +3733,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la "
+"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha "
+"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un "
+"d'equivocat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic "
+"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar "
+"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc."
diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po
index 94227966..7cc663ee 100644
--- a/docs/installer/cs.po
+++ b/docs/installer/cs.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 06:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/cs/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"cs/)\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: cs\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licence a Poznámky k vydání"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Licenční ujednání"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte licenční podmínky a ustanovení."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte "
+"licenční podmínky a ustanovení."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci <application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí být přijaty."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí "
+"být přijaty."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a "
+"poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje počítač."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za "
+"nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje "
+"počítač."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Poznámky k vydání"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "cs"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Výběr zdroje (Nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr balíčků."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další "
+"zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje "
+"určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr "
+"balíčků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze "
+"zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, "
+"jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit "
+"konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Správa uživatele  a supruživatele"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,8 +193,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživetele root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -185,7 +206,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků."
+msgstr ""
+"Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci "
+"písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -212,15 +235,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového pole skutečné jméno."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového "
+"pole skutečné jméno."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na velikost písmen.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské "
+"přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít "
+"skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na "
+"velikost písmen.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +257,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské "
+"heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu "
+"hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z textových polí pro uživatelské heslo."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole "
+"heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z "
+"textových polí pro uživatelské heslo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět "
+"čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -258,7 +295,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat "
+"nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -322,8 +361,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -331,27 +370,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Zvolte si přípojné body"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,38 +398,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné body změnit."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud "
+"nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné "
+"body změnit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> kořenový oddíl (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> "
+"kořenový oddíl (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", "
+"\"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], \"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], "
+"\"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -411,9 +459,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -424,9 +472,11 @@ msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky pro jemné doladění vaší volby."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky "
+"pro jemné doladění vaší volby."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -441,7 +491,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -460,14 +512,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Výběr skupiny balíčků"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -498,13 +551,15 @@ msgstr "Grafické prostředí."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání nebo odebrání balíčků."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání "
+"nebo odebrání balíčků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -512,30 +567,32 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Výběr jednotlivých balíčků"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení instalace."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení "
+"instalace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -543,28 +600,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Nastavení služeb"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
 msgstr "Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spuštět při zavádění systému."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -589,36 +648,45 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném časovém pásmu."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném "
+"časovém pásmu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a GMT, také známý jako UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a "
+"GMT, také známý jako UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že "
+"jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +696,31 @@ msgstr "Výběr X Serveru (Konfigurace vaší grafické karty)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení identifikuje správně."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení "
+"identifikuje správně."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a "
+"víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +743,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v "
+"databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii "
+"Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +754,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti."
+msgstr ""
+"Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických "
+"karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost "
+"použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky."
+msgstr ""
+"Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup "
+"pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +774,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety."
+msgstr ""
+"Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, "
+"které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen "
+"pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu."
+msgstr ""
+"Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, "
+"nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Nastavení grafické karty a monitoru"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,11 +812,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -757,7 +846,9 @@ msgstr "Nesprávná obnovovací frekvence může poškodit váš monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte "
+"požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,11 +856,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -777,7 +868,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat "
+"zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -803,10 +896,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,9 +913,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vlastní</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -841,7 +937,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -874,10 +971,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -888,39 +985,41 @@ msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -963,9 +1062,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -987,8 +1088,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -999,8 +1100,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1053,8 +1154,8 @@ msgstr "Vlastní"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1064,8 +1165,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1100,8 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Únor 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,8 +1224,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1138,24 +1238,24 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1163,31 +1263,34 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulujeme"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1214,17 +1317,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1257,8 +1363,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1272,7 +1378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen je to možné."
+msgstr ""
+"Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor "
+"je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen "
+"je to možné."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
@@ -1299,10 +1408,11 @@ msgstr "Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při použití Mageia DVD:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1324,8 +1434,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,15 +1448,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1353,8 +1466,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1412,8 +1527,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1430,8 +1547,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1444,8 +1563,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1464,9 +1585,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,9 +1597,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1489,16 +1611,15 @@ msgstr "Instalační kroky"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -1516,8 +1637,8 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1531,8 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
@@ -1540,15 +1660,14 @@ msgid ""
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1576,8 +1695,8 @@ msgstr "problém paměti RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1591,9 +1710,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,22 +1719,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualizace"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
@@ -1643,26 +1759,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1677,8 +1794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1686,11 +1803,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1702,8 +1819,8 @@ msgstr "Minimální instalace"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1728,34 +1845,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Souhrn různých parametrů"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1780,8 +1900,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1825,8 +1945,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1890,8 +2010,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1902,8 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafické rozhraní</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1914,10 +2033,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1961,8 +2081,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1978,8 +2098,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2021,10 +2141,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2032,15 +2151,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Úroveň zabezpečení"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2085,8 +2207,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2222,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2238,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2269,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2298,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2328,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2374,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2396,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2426,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2473,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2520,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2557,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2566,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2665,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +2681,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,8 +2705,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2639,13 +2727,13 @@ msgstr "Vstupní metoda"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2664,9 +2752,11 @@ msgstr "Instalace nebo Aktualizace"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2698,30 +2788,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2734,40 +2824,46 @@ msgstr "Klávesnice"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná "
+"vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na <guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici tam."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na "
+"<guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici "
+"tam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2798,22 +2894,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2844,30 +2942,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Výběr myši"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný typ."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný "
+"typ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2878,56 +2979,72 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2938,31 +3055,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3016,16 +3133,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3038,8 +3155,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3047,8 +3164,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3061,9 +3178,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3071,38 +3188,41 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Nastavení SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže rozpoznat disk."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI "
+"může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže "
+"rozpoznat disk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3234,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX by pak měl být schopen správně nakonfigurovat disk(y)."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Nastavení zvuku"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3144,9 +3266,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3174,19 +3295,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3198,6 +3320,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po
index 25624e06..48d27e2e 100644
--- a/docs/installer/de.po
+++ b/docs/installer/de.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marc Lattemann, 2013
 # psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n"
+"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"de/)\n"
+"Language: de\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: de\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -32,9 +33,11 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -44,31 +47,41 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte "
+"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution "
+"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie "
+"mit der Installation weitermachen können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Weiter</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, "
+"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf "
+"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -80,7 +93,10 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</"
+"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -93,27 +109,32 @@ msgstr "de"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere "
+"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke "
+"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der "
+"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -123,7 +144,9 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
-msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist"
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht "
+"hergestellt ist"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
@@ -133,38 +156,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch "
+"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, "
+"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL "
+"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -176,20 +201,33 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root)  Passworts:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, "
+"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> "
+"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich "
+"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit "
+"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie "
+"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden "
+"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu "
+"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht "
+"vertippt haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten "
+"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und "
+"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -202,29 +240,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der "
+"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen "
+"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit "
+"einem Computer macht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert "
+"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den "
+"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>."
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des "
+"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der "
+"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -232,22 +282,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für "
+"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie "
+"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort "
+"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den "
+"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt "
+"ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber "
+"schreibgeschützt ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -255,14 +315,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte "
+"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch "
+"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen "
+"nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach "
+"dem Neustart einzurichten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -270,12 +336,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle "
+"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - "
+"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie "
+"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -288,7 +359,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten.  Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> "
+"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, "
+"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten.  "
+"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder "
+"deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -296,7 +372,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert "
+"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine "
+"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -304,7 +384,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-"
+"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt "
+"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser "
+"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -312,7 +396,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die "
+"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor "
+"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -320,42 +407,49 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID "
+"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm "
+"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe "
+"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer "
+"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den "
+"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -363,46 +457,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. "
+"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht "
+"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-Partition haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", "
+"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], "
+"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.  <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene "
+"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.  <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können "
+"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> "
+"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/"
+"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach "
+"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -410,15 +521,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte "
+"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine "
+"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte "
+"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX "
+"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -428,9 +546,11 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster "
+"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -438,14 +558,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine "
+"Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -457,21 +582,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen.  Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</"
+"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen "
+"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei "
+"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der "
+"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen "
+"wollen.  Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger "
+"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye "
+"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -480,7 +614,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen "
+"sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber "
+"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die "
+"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die "
+"Gruppen fahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -502,127 +641,160 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu "
+"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung "
+"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation "
+"anzupassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das "
+"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um "
+"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen "
+"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die "
+"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies "
+"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann "
+"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht "
+"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, "
+"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
-msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende "
+"Einstellungen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox "
+"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine "
+"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale "
+"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass "
+"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -632,24 +804,32 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist "
+"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht "
+"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum "
+"auswählen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -672,7 +852,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich "
+"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte "
+"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -680,14 +863,21 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für "
+"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte "
+"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende "
+"Funktionalität bietet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten."
+msgstr ""
+"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers "
+"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine "
+"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -695,30 +885,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, "
+"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über "
+"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie "
+"sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -727,19 +923,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die "
+"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren "
+"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-"
+"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die "
+"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen "
+"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass "
+"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie "
+"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre "
+"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -749,7 +957,14 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren "
+"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder "
+"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie "
+"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die "
+"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell "
+"einzustellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -761,7 +976,9 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die "
+"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -769,19 +986,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während "
+"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie "
+"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine "
+"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie "
+"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts "
+"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück "
+"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test "
+"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich "
+"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres "
+"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie "
+"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -793,7 +1022,9 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt "
+"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -802,15 +1033,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann "
+"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, "
+"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch "
+"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -821,10 +1059,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale "
+"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. "
+"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird "
+"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele "
+"Scanlinien dargestellt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -833,7 +1076,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors"
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, "
+"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu "
+"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine "
+"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -845,7 +1092,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen"
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der "
+"Datenbank zu bestimmen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -857,7 +1106,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und "
+"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor "
+"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -878,11 +1130,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die "
+"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber "
+"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. "
+"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -892,52 +1149,74 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine "
+"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/"
+"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</"
+"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie "
+"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition "
+"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor "
+"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie "
+"einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> "
+"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des "
+"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie "
+"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an "
+"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, "
+"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
-msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen "
+"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:51
@@ -955,21 +1234,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die "
+"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von "
+"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten "
+"Festplatte(n)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -981,7 +1267,9 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible "
+"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -991,9 +1279,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, "
+"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1003,9 +1293,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-"
+"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1013,7 +1305,11 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-"
+"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also "
+"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen "
+"Datenträger gesichert sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1024,7 +1320,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-"
+"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" "
+"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt "
+"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden "
+"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem "
+"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, "
+"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1039,7 +1342,9 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!"
+msgstr ""
+"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte "
+"Vorsicht walten lassen!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1047,7 +1352,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen "
+"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen "
+"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1057,9 +1365,11 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der "
+"Installation auf den Festplatten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1068,10 +1378,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:"
+msgstr ""
+"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle "
+"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das "
+"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. "
+"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. "
+"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit "
+"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit "
+"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1087,7 +1404,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden"
+msgstr ""
+"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl "
+"an Megabytes erstellt werden"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1104,8 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februar 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1128,10 +1446,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab."
+msgstr ""
+"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung "
+"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den "
+"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1142,64 +1463,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC "
+"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren "
+"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese "
+"Anleitung zu verbessern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den "
+"Computer neu starten können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den "
+"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden "
+"ist)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet."
+msgstr ""
+"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das "
+"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1211,43 +1552,57 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia "
+"mitarbeiten wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatieren"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). "
+"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für "
+"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die "
+"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</"
+"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf "
+"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen "
+"möchten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1256,14 +1611,23 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden."
+msgstr ""
+"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so "
+"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, "
+"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und "
+"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></"
+"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm "
+"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
+"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1276,14 +1640,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das "
+"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die "
+"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene "
+"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was "
+"Sie tun müssen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,15 +1668,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1317,7 +1689,9 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen"
+msgstr ""
+"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche "
+"Einstellungen vorzunehmen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
@@ -1328,27 +1702,32 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die "
+"Enter Taste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1357,8 +1736,10 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1416,7 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1434,8 +1816,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1448,8 +1832,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1468,9 +1854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1481,9 +1866,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1493,24 +1880,30 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der "
+"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen "
+"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren "
+"zusätzlichen Optionen haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, "
+"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1520,10 +1913,20 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist "
+"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber "
+"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert "
+"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein "
+"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr "
+"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher "
+"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1535,24 +1938,26 @@ msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei "
+"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine "
+"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</"
+"code> eingeben."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1568,7 +1973,15 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise "
+"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem "
+"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später "
+"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm "
+"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und "
+"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese "
+"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig "
+"ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1580,9 +1993,15 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.  <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware "
+"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein "
+"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den "
+"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den "
+"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.  <emphasis><code>mem=256M</"
+"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1595,9 +2014,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1605,29 +2023,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert."
+msgstr ""
+"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder "
+"erweitert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1635,67 +2053,91 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu "
+"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn "
+"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden "
+"sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
-msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
+msgstr ""
+"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der "
+"Installation fortzufahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:3
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem "
+"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die "
+"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte "
+"zur Verfügung stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie "
+"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, "
+"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source "
+"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle "
+"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für "
+"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien "
+"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in "
+"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten "
+"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum "
+"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie "
+"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1706,9 +2148,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine "
+"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1717,14 +2162,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht.  <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer "
+"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie "
+"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine "
+"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, "
+"X, ...)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1732,34 +2185,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1768,7 +2224,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems "
+"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX "
+"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen "
+"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</"
+"guibutton> klicken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1784,9 +2245,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten "
+"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch "
+"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1798,7 +2262,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie "
+"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1808,18 +2274,24 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des "
+"Bootloaders."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie "
+"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></"
+"xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1829,9 +2301,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils "
+"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1843,19 +2317,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund "
+"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks "
+"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern "
+"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1872,7 +2352,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von "
+"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1884,7 +2366,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen "
+"oder einstellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1894,10 +2378,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die "
+"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es "
+"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1906,22 +2393,27 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige "
+"einzustellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1940,14 +2432,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree "
+"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media "
+"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so "
+"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1960,13 +2458,16 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem "
+"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu "
+"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1982,14 +2483,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten "
+"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine "
+"Zwecke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint."
+msgstr ""
+"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am "
+"geeignetsten erscheint."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -2001,50 +2507,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den "
+"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen "
+"wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. "
+"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren "
+"Computer verwenden wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles "
+"erlauben (keine Firewall)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Verändern der  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Verändern der  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen"
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um "
+"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2055,14 +2576,19 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau "
+"wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen "
+"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt "
+"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2089,8 +2615,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2104,14 +2630,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2122,30 +2646,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2157,30 +2677,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2190,31 +2706,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2224,21 +2736,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2248,8 +2757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2259,8 +2767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2275,23 +2782,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2299,8 +2804,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2310,8 +2814,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2331,25 +2834,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2378,29 +2881,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2425,9 +2928,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2463,8 +2965,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2472,83 +2974,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2583,16 +3073,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2600,15 +3089,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2616,14 +3108,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes.  Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, "
+"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des "
+"Funknetzes.  Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion "
+"des WLANs führen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre "
+"Region."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2632,7 +3131,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl."
+msgstr ""
+"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, "
+"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den "
+"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte "
+"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2643,14 +3146,24 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.)  einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine "
+"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem "
+"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.)  "
+"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, "
+"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und "
+"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer "
+"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können "
+"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium "
+"hinzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2658,7 +3171,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -&gt; \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, "
+"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres "
+"Computers\" -&gt; \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</"
+"emphasis> ausführen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2668,9 +3186,11 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2681,7 +3201,9 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</"
+"application>-Installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2694,7 +3216,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen "
+"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die "
+"neueste Version upgraden"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2702,31 +3227,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen"
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der "
+"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich "
+"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das "
+"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation "
+"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen "
+"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber "
+"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder "
+"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den "
+"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur "
+"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart "
+"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache "
+"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum "
+"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das "
+"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2738,43 +3282,64 @@ msgstr "Tastatur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. "
+"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-"
+"Tastatur verwendet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler.  Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine "
+"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre "
+"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem "
+"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler.  "
+"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, "
+"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Tastaturbelegung</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und "
+"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt "
+"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, "
+"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt "
+"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der "
+"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen "
+"Liste gewählt wurde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2782,7 +3347,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so "
+"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den "
+"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2795,38 +3363,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können.  <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für "
+"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen "
+"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können.  <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte "
+"System."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem "
+"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></"
+"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas "
+"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert."
+msgstr ""
+"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten "
+"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese "
+"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte "
+"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung "
+"zu wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2834,141 +3420,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies "
+"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert "
+"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung "
+"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -&gt; System -&gt; Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -&gt; System -&gt; Auswählen der Region und "
+"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Maus auswählen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine "
+"andere Konfiguration auswählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige "
+"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen"
+"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer "
+"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem "
+"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</"
+"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber "
+"erscheint, verändern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und "
+"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn "
+"vollständig umbenennen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standarteintrag vom System gestartet."
+msgstr ""
+"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der "
+"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte "
+"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch "
+"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier "
+"ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so "
+"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits "
+"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt "
+"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2987,14 +3624,18 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme "
+"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3002,14 +3643,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht "
+"von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der "
+"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3020,41 +3665,62 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, "
+"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite "
+"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader "
+"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den "
+"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden "
+"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der "
+"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist "
+"eine Partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu "
+"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum "
+"Installationsbildschirm zurück."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden "
+"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten "
+"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das "
+"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen "
+"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen "
+"offen sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3065,48 +3731,57 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten "
+"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken "
+"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das "
+"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. "
+"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei "
+"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die "
+"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-"
+"Laufwerke Sie haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3118,13 +3793,15 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3132,7 +3809,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist"
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre "
+"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3142,16 +3821,23 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster"
+msgstr ""
+"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach "
+"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder "
+"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie "
+"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf "
+"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</"
+"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3164,44 +3850,65 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat"
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</"
+"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden "
+"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer "
+"den Falschen ausgewählt hat"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der "
+"Auswahl nicht sicher sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und "
+"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen "
+"wollen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po
index cf0de470..cd7c7052 100644
--- a/docs/installer/el.po
+++ b/docs/installer/el.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Efstathios Iosifidis <iefstathios@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-05 09:40+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: JimSp472000 <jimspentzos2000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Greek (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/el/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"el/)\n"
+"Language: el\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: el\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και Σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,38 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ "
+"διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</"
+"application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και "
+"έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +86,10 @@ msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "el"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. "
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια "
+"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι "
+"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). "
+"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των "
+"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και "
+"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη "
+"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,32 @@ msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχει�
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται <emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας συγκρίνοντάς τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να "
+"ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται "
+"<emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν "
+"κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο "
+"προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη "
+"ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε "
+"τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να "
+"ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας "
+"συγκρίνοντάς τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων σε έναν κωδικό."
+msgstr ""
+"Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η "
+"χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων "
+"σε έναν κωδικό."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +231,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον "
+"διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο "
+"διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και "
+"οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα "
+"αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του "
+"χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα "
+"σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού "
+"ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών "
+"και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +273,33 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα "
+"πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει "
+"μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο "
+"κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></"
+"xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την "
+"πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι "
+"έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού "
+"πρόσβασης του χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν "
+"κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +307,21 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης."
+msgstr ""
+"Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που "
+"προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</"
+"emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και "
+"ανάγνωσης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από "
+"όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα "
+"και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,12 +329,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε <emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να "
+"θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα "
+"<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε "
+"<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -284,7 +352,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα "
+"εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις "
+"για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε "
+"ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +364,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. "
+"Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +375,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους τυπικούς χρήστες."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός "
+"guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον "
+"υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους "
+"τυπικούς χρήστες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +388,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να "
+"αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην "
+"προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +399,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του "
+"χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. "
+"Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του χρήστη."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID "
+"της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του "
+"χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +448,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν "
+"συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε "
+"να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια "
+"κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)."
+msgstr ""
+"Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού "
+"δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά "
+"σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να "
+"δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/"
+"video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> "
+"μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό."
+msgstr ""
+"Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να "
+"αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +513,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να "
+"επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του "
+"δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια "
+"κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση (με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες επιλογές."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση "
+"(με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες "
+"επιλογές."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +539,11 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη "
+"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +551,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της "
+"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί "
+"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +575,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας <application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας "
+"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα "
+"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε "
+"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε "
+"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα "
+"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα "
+"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα "
+"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +607,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του ποντικιού από πάνω τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή "
+"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από "
+"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο "
+"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του "
+"ποντικιού από πάνω τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +634,93 @@ msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά "
+"με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε την εγκατάστασή σας."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε "
+"την εγκατάστασή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας "
+"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε "
+"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο "
+"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και "
+"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά "
+"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για "
+"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +732,9 @@ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι σ
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με σχετικές πληροφορίες."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με "
+"σχετικές πληροφορίες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +746,46 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια ζώνη ώρας."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια "
+"ζώνη ώρας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS "
+"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο σύνολό τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, "
+"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο "
+"σύνολό τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +795,31 @@ msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και "
+"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +842,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν "
+"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να "
+"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +853,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας."
+msgstr ""
+"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού "
+"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό "
+"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο "
+"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη γραμμή εντολών."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη "
+"γραμμή εντολών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +874,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας"
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux "
+"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε "
+"ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε "
+"πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +912,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον "
+"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window "
+"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή "
+"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω "
+"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν "
+"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε "
+"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την "
+"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +944,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε <guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή <guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή "
+"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή "
+"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</"
+"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες "
+"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +962,9 @@ msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορ
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή "
+"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +972,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν "
+"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να "
+"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις "
+"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης "
+"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +1007,9 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1018,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να "
+"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να "
+"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν "
+"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1044,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη "
+"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου "
+"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα "
+"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην "
+"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1061,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος "
+"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε "
+"την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και "
+"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1077,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργί�
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του "
+"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1091,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:"
+msgstr ""
+"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται "
+"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1114,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών "
+"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών "
+"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας "
+"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να "
+"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1134,65 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το Dis
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή "
+"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά "
+"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε "
+"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας "
+"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το "
+"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν τρία από αυτά."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή "
+"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν "
+"τρία από αυτά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες "
+"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την."
+msgstr ""
+"Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη "
+"συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1215,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων "
+"και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά "
+"μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις "
+"ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1248,9 @@ msgstr "Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις "
+"συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή "
+"θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμ
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο "
+"οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1286,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την "
+"εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1299,15 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης "
+"των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση "
+"θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά "
+"την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει "
+"αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση "
+"έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε "
+"περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας "
+"αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1322,9 @@ msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκλ�
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!"
+msgstr ""
+"Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό "
+"δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1332,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν "
+"διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, "
+"τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1345,11 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς σας δίσκους."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς "
+"σας δίσκους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1358,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:"
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς "
+"τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας "
+"της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε "
+"στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί "
+"ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας "
+"συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων "
+"με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1385,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό Mb."
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό "
+"Mb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1427,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το "
+"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και "
+"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1444,85 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την "
+"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν "
+"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ "
+"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε "
+"τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε "
+"περισσότερα από ένα)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή "
+"σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1534,56 @@ msgstr "Απολαύστε!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να "
+"συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Μορφοποίηση"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα "
+"δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για "
+"μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να μορφοποιηθούν"
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να "
+"μορφοποιηθούν"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για <emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις "
+"κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για "
+"<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1592,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.  Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να "
+"κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο "
+"<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.  "
+"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
+"guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1620,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν ευκολότερα."
+msgstr ""
+"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός "
+"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν "
+"ευκολότερα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε."
+msgstr ""
+"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα "
+"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1294,15 +1648,18 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia DVD:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia "
+"DVD:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,7 +1670,9 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές προτιμήσεις:"
+msgstr ""
+"Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές "
+"προτιμήσεις:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
@@ -1324,8 +1683,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,9 +1697,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1714,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1774,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1793,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1808,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1829,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1841,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1853,30 @@ msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα "
+"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν "
+"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες "
+"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> "
+"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1886,20 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1911,26 @@ msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανέ
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας <code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό "
+"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα "
+"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας "
+"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1946,13 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν κριθεί απαραίτητο."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται "
+"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός "
+"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να "
+"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην "
+"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν "
+"κριθεί απαραίτητο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1964,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> καθορίζει 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό "
+"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε "
+"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</"
+"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"καθορίζει 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1984,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1993,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Ενημερώσεις"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί."
+msgstr ""
+"Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +2023,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο διαδίκτυο."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να "
+"εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν "
+"επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο "
+"διαδίκτυο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2039,74 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που "
+"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η "
+"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα "
+"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι "
+"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi κλπ."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, "
+"η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται "
+"σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη "
+"ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι "
+"οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi "
+"κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία "
+"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται "
+"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και "
+"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων "
+"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που "
+"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2117,12 @@ msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην "
+"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2131,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια "
+"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό "
+"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την "
+"χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, όπως τεκμηρίωση και X."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα "
+"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, "
+"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2154,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2193,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός "
+"σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που "
+"εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν "
+"θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2213,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ζώνη ώρας:</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. "
+"Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2230,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Χώρα / Περιοχή:</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη "
+"ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,18 +2242,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης:</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1825,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Διαχείριση χρηστών:</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό "
+"του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,19 +2283,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Υπηρεσίες</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο "
+"παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την "
+"απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα "
+"μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1868,7 +2318,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πληκτρολόγιο:</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του πληκτρολογίου."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή "
+"οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του "
+"πληκτρολογίου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2333,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ποντίκι</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, "
+"ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2345,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος."
+msgstr ""
+"Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει "
+"καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται "
+"μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από "
+"αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2361,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις οθόνες σας."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις "
+"οθόνες σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2399,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο <application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς "
+"ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο "
+"<application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει "
+"τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος "
+"προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2425,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή."
+msgstr ""
+"Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας "
+"και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον "
+"υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να "
+"λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2452,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις "
+"περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το "
+"καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,50 +2474,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Τείχος προστασίας</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν."
+msgstr ""
+"Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών "
+"σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα "
+"εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι "
+"επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί "
+"να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε "
+"αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος "
+"χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2543,18 @@ msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασ
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να "
+"επιλέξετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από "
+"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2581,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2596,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2612,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2643,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2672,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2702,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit."
@@ -2244,8 +2723,7 @@ msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME."
@@ -2255,8 +2733,7 @@ msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες."
@@ -2271,23 +2748,21 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Μέσα CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2800,25 @@ msgstr "Λήψη"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2847,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2894,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2931,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2940,73 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/"
+"home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε τη μονάδα USB σας, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν"
@@ -2579,16 +3041,15 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3057,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3076,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών "
+"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>"
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την "
+"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3097,12 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την πραγματική σας επιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες "
+"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την "
+"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την "
+"πραγματική σας επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3113,24 @@ msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες (Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να "
+"επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι "
+"εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες "
+"(Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος "
+"εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. "
+"Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η "
+"προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν "
+"τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) "
+"παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν "
+"προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3138,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -&gt; «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, "
+"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του "
+"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -"
+"&gt; «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3152,11 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3167,9 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3182,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</"
+"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να "
+"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3193,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</"
+"emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη "
+"έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia "
+"που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να "
+"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής "
+"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</"
+"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3249,62 @@ msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η.Π.Α."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί "
+"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η."
+"Π.Α."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη "
+"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, "
+"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του "
+"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο "
+"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και "
+"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</"
+"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα "
+"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε "
+"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: "
+"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3312,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και του μη λατινικού."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα "
+"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να "
+"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και "
+"του μη λατινικού."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3329,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου "
+"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο "
+"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να "
+"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον "
+"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ."
+msgstr ""
+"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από "
+"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα "
+"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του πληκτρολογίου σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την "
+"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του "
+"πληκτρολογίου σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3384,193 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό "
+"μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι "
+"δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης "
+"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -&gt; Σύστημα -&gt; Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του συστήματός σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από "
+"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -&gt; Σύστημα -&gt; Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα "
+"του συστήματός σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από "
+"εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB "
+"ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</"
+"guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με "
+"έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον αναδυόμενο διάλογο."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που "
+"επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του "
+"προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον "
+"αναδυόμενο διάλογο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την προκαθορισμένη."
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της "
+"ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την "
+"προκαθορισμένη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την μετονομάσετε πλήρως."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την "
+"μετονομάσετε πλήρως."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν "
+"δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία "
+"εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν "
+"γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα "
+"εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει ένα νέο."
+msgstr ""
+"Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν "
+"την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο "
+"υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει "
+"ένα νέο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3589,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης της Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα "
+"λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού "
+"εκκίνησης της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης "
+"επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3610,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το προκαθορισμένο GRUB."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή "
+"από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το "
+"προκαθορισμένο GRUB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+msgstr ""
+"Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη "
+"σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3633,26 @@ msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει "
+"να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να "
+"κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης "
+"του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το υπάρχον σας MBR.  Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το "
+"υπάρχον σας MBR.  Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά "
+"τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3663,28 @@ msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> "
+"για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με "
+"Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος."
+msgstr ""
+"Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον "
+"πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο "
+"στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος "
+"εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει "
+"αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του "
+"εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,66 +3695,80 @@ msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματ�
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου ελεύθερου χώρου."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> "
+"που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για "
+"προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό "
+"του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου "
+"ελεύθερου χώρου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί "
+"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με "
+"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς SCSI που διαθέτετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς "
+"SCSI που διαθέτετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε λειτουργία."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες "
+"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε "
+"λειτουργία."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3776,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός αν έχουμε έναν."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο "
+"εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός "
+"αν έχουμε έναν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3789,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε <command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί μέρος της οθόνης. "
+msgstr ""
+"Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, "
+"αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε "
+"<command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο "
+"Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και "
+"κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί "
+"μέρος της οθόνης. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», "
+"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες "
+"πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3820,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. "
+msgstr ""
+"Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά "
+"την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν "
+"περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος "
+"οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ "
+"στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η "
+"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και "
+"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών "
+"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο."
diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po
index bfd4031c..08d35d2f 100644
--- a/docs/installer/eo.po
+++ b/docs/installer/eo.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Anonymous, 2014
 # Pablo Foche <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012-2013
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eo/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
+"language/eo/)\n"
+"Language: eo\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: eo\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -27,9 +28,12 @@ msgstr "Licenco kaj publikig-notoj"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width="
+"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +43,39 @@ msgstr "Licenco"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon zorgeme."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon "
+"zorgeme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</"
+"application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian komputilon."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via "
+"rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian "
+"komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +87,10 @@ msgstr "Publikig-notoj"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)  </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</"
+"application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)  "
+"</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,25 +103,26 @@ msgstr "eo"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selekto de datumportilo (Konfiguru aldonaj instal-datumportiloj)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -135,31 +151,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,20 +185,30 @@ msgstr "Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei "
+"superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) "
+"pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo "
+"ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la "
+"pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas "
+"retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne "
+"mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj karaktroj en pasvorto."
+msgstr ""
+"En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone "
+"utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj "
+"karaktroj en pasvorto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -197,29 +221,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile"
+msgstr ""
+"Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), "
+"sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn "
+"kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos la uzulan ikonon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos "
+"la uzulan ikonon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta "
+"skatolo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. <emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan "
+"salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. "
+"<emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +262,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la "
+"uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la "
+"forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi "
+"tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj "
+"uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -250,14 +293,19 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected."
+msgstr ""
+"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
+"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
+"is both read and write protected."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
+"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -265,7 +313,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -283,7 +334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo.  Krome, vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano "
+"ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo.  Krome, vi povas "
+"aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -291,7 +345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> "
+"gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La "
+"gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -299,7 +356,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de normalaj uzuloj."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie "
+"vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston "
+"ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de "
+"normalaj uzuloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -307,7 +368,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell"
+"\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-"
+"on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -315,42 +379,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon "
+"por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu "
+"ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan "
+"identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. "
+"Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Elekti surmetingojn"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -358,46 +428,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via "
+"komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</"
+"application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> (radikan) subdiskon."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> "
+"(radikan) subdiskon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", \"Speco\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", "
+"\"Speco\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], \"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], "
+"\"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la <literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn "
+"surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn "
+"proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi "
+"volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la "
+"<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan kampon malplena."
+msgstr ""
+"En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan "
+"kampon malplena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -405,15 +492,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon."
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam "
+"aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi "
+"povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la "
+"subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -423,8 +516,8 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
 msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -433,14 +526,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La "
+"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</"
+"guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -452,21 +550,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo <application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</"
+"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun "
+"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</"
+"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la "
+"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo "
+"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi "
+"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -475,7 +582,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la musan montrilon sur ili."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi "
+"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia "
+"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la "
+"musan montrilon sur ili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -497,74 +608,91 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ forigi permane pakaĵojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ "
+"forigi permane pakaĵojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian instalon."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian "
+"instalon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</"
+"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-"
+"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la "
+"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la "
+"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de la sistemo."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de "
+"la sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por "
+"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -588,36 +716,45 @@ msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu en la sama tempo-zono."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu "
+"en la sama tempo-zono."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo "
+"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -627,10 +764,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -704,16 +844,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,19 +863,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi "
+"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj "
+"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ "
+"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti "
+"ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</"
+"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian karton en la listo se bezonate."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian "
+"karton en la listo se bezonate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -744,7 +895,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti <guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la <guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu <guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti "
+"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la "
+"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu "
+"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la "
+"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -756,7 +912,9 @@ msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan "
+"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -764,19 +922,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam "
+"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian "
+"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via "
+"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos "
+"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos "
+"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi "
+"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -802,10 +969,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,9 +986,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -873,10 +1043,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -887,47 +1057,62 @@ msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo ne startos."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas "
+"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la "
+"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo "
+"ne startos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en ĝi antaŭ ol komenci."
+msgstr ""
+"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi "
+"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en "
+"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel "
+"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la elektita stor-aparato"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la "
+"elektita stor-aparato"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin."
+msgstr ""
+"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, "
+"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -950,21 +1135,27 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la "
+"loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j)."
+msgstr ""
+"La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj "
+"enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -976,7 +1167,9 @@ msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn "
+"kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -986,9 +1179,11 @@ msgstr "Uzu liberan spacon"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por nova Mageja instalo."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por "
+"nova Mageja instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -998,9 +1193,11 @@ msgstr "Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo povas proponi utiligi ĝin."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo "
+"povas proponi utiligi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1008,7 +1205,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj dosieroj antaŭe!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, "
+"sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj "
+"dosieroj antaŭe!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1019,7 +1219,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj personaj dosieroj."
+msgstr ""
+"Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko "
+"devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan "
+"fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio "
+"ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el "
+"la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj "
+"personaj dosieroj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1034,7 +1240,9 @@ msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu zorgema!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu "
+"zorgema!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1042,7 +1250,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la "
+"disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1052,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Subdiskigo"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) fiksita(j)  disko(j)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) "
+"fiksita(j)  disko(j)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1063,10 +1275,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1082,7 +1301,8 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1099,8 +1319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1123,10 +1342,12 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn "
+"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1137,64 +1358,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulon"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> "
+"kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian "
+"sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita kaj ŝarĝita."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita "
+"kaj ŝarĝita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1206,31 +1445,38 @@ msgstr "Ĝuu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Strukturi subdiskojn"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado estos savita."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn "
+"datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado "
+"estos savita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1242,7 +1488,9 @@ msgstr "Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon"
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi "
+"ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1251,14 +1499,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur "
+"<guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj "
+"tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En "
+"tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> "
+"por daŭrigi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1271,14 +1525,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo "
+"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas."
+msgstr ""
+"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la "
+"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,9 +1556,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1580,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1593,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1610,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1689,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1704,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1737,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1749,30 @@ msgstr "La instal-paŝoj"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per la flanka panelo de la ekrano."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per "
+"la flanka panelo de la ekrano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi <guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte bezonataj elektoj."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi "
+"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte "
+"bezonataj elektoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo."
+msgstr ""
+"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> "
+"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1782,17 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post "
+"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin "
+"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke "
+"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1804,25 @@ msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. "
+"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu "
+"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1838,11 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-"
+"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti "
+"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. "
+"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,9 +1854,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple \"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la "
+"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi "
+"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple "
+"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1590,9 +1873,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1882,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, "
+"pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1912,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne havas retaliron"
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, "
+"elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne "
+"havas retaliron"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,26 +1927,27 @@ msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1676,8 +1962,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1685,11 +1971,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1701,9 +1987,11 @@ msgstr "Minimuma instalo"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta "
+"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1712,14 +2000,19 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ "
+"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun "
+"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali "
+"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1727,34 +2020,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Diversaj parametroj"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1763,7 +2059,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo "
+"dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi "
+"povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur "
+"<guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1779,9 +2079,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Horzono</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi "
+"povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC"
+"\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1793,7 +2096,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Lando</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.  Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.  "
+"Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1824,9 +2129,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula administrado (User management)</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1838,14 +2145,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone (demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone "
+"(demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke "
+"via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1867,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavaro</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via "
+"lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1879,7 +2192,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muso</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, mov-globojn, ktp."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, "
+"mov-globojn, ktp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1889,8 +2204,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,9 +2216,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafika interfaco</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1913,10 +2228,12 @@ msgstr "Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1935,14 +2252,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj "
+"neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo "
+"per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos "
+"aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke "
+"ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1955,14 +2278,18 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon."
+msgstr ""
+"Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi "
+"tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn vi devas enigi ĉi tie"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn "
+"vi devas enigi ĉi tie"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1977,9 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sekurec-nivelo </guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el "
+"okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1996,14 +2325,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro)</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin."
+msgstr ""
+"Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en "
+"la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj "
+"dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2015,31 +2348,38 @@ msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application> subdisko.  Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> subdisko.  Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo "
+"de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2057,7 +2397,9 @@ msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako <guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako "
+"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2084,8 +2426,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2441,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2457,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2488,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2517,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2547,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2568,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2593,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2625,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2645,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2692,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2739,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2776,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2785,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2884,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2900,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2611,14 +2919,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, "
+"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus "
+"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj "
+"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2627,7 +2940,10 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post "
+"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de "
+"la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2638,14 +2954,22 @@ msgstr "Enir-metodo"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-"
+"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn "
+"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en "
+"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj "
+"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate "
+"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj "
+"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2653,7 +2977,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> \"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin "
+"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> "
+"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2663,9 +2990,12 @@ msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2676,7 +3006,8 @@ msgstr "Instalado"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2697,31 +3028,42 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ "
+"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi "
+"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio "
+"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion poste en la instalo."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la "
+"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo "
+"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion "
+"poste en la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2733,43 +3075,58 @@ msgstr "Klavaro"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi "
+"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. "
+"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun "
+"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu "
+"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian klavaron tie."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono "
+"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian "
+"klavaron tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo."
+msgstr ""
+"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi "
+"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu "
+"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la "
+"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2777,7 +3134,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan "
+"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2790,38 +3149,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta "
+"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la "
+"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian lingvan eltenon post la instalo."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj "
+"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple "
+"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian "
+"lingvan eltenon post la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la plurlingva ekrano ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian "
+"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la "
+"plurlingva ekrano ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas "
+"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2829,104 +3202,134 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la "
+"plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via "
+"lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo de Magejo -&gt; Sistemo -&gt; Agordi skrib-sistemojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo "
+"de Magejo -&gt; Sistemo -&gt; Agordi skrib-sistemojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selekti muson"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman ĉi tie."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman "
+"ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</guilabel> estas bona elekto."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</"
+"guilabel> estas bona elekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> "
+"por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,33 +3340,38 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de "
+"la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al Magejo krei novan."
+msgstr ""
+"Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas "
+"decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al "
+"Magejo krei novan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2982,14 +3390,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita disko.  Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita "
+"disko.  Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni "
+"ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
+"legacy and Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2997,14 +3410,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
+"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
+"used."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
+"the Summary page during installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3015,18 +3433,24 @@ msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-lokon de la lanĉilo."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila "
+"butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-"
+"lokon de la lanĉilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, ekzemple sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi "
+"devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, "
+"ekzemple sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3037,19 +3461,26 @@ msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos vin ree al la instal-ekrano."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por "
+"vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos "
+"vin ree al la instal-ekrano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo."
+msgstr ""
+"La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo "
+"estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj "
+"estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri "
+"ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3060,48 +3491,57 @@ msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan <guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da libera spaco."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</"
+"literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan "
+"<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da "
+"libera spaco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width="
+"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la bezonataj peliloj."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi "
+"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la "
+"bezonataj peliloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3113,13 +3553,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3585,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3614,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3639,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po
index 6a29032d..22573829 100644
--- a/docs/installer/es.po
+++ b/docs/installer/es.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
 # motitos, 2013-2014
@@ -15,14 +15,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 13:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"es/)\n"
+"Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: es\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -33,9 +34,11 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -45,31 +48,40 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea "
+"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de "
+"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder "
+"continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego "
+"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya "
+"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su "
+"ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -81,7 +93,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -92,29 +106,36 @@ msgstr "es"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)"
+msgstr ""
+"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación "
+"suplementarios)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar "
+"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La "
+"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los "
+"siguientes pasos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,38 +155,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). "
+"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los "
+"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, "
+"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su "
+"propia instalación NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -177,20 +201,31 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas."
+msgstr ""
+"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, "
+"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas "
+"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya "
+"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando "
+"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la "
+"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita "
+"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido "
+"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una "
+"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y "
+"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,29 +238,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el "
+"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones "
+"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su "
+"ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono "
+"del usuario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del "
+"usuario en este recuadro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de "
+"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir "
+"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a "
+"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -233,22 +280,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la "
+"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el "
+"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña "
+"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el "
+"recuadro anterior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)."
+msgstr ""
+"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio "
+"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -256,14 +312,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura."
+msgstr ""
+"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá "
+"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda "
+"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar "
+"el ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -271,7 +333,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los "
+"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante "
+"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -289,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado."
+msgstr ""
+"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una "
+"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está "
+"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -297,7 +365,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) "
+"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado "
+"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -305,7 +376,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o "
+"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un "
+"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido "
+"que los usuarios normales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -313,7 +388,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por "
+"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -321,42 +398,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació "
+"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que "
+"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -364,46 +447,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su "
+"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de "
+"montaje\", \"Tipo\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro"
+"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje "
+"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, "
+"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde "
+"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la "
+"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío."
+msgstr ""
+"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de "
+"montaje vacío."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -411,15 +511,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y "
+"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la "
+"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y "
+"tamaño."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien "
+"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -429,9 +536,11 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para "
+"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,14 +548,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la "
+"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando "
+"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,21 +572,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> "
+"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de "
+"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el "
+"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio "
+"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, "
+"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -481,7 +603,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos."
+msgstr ""
+"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de "
+"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si "
+"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada "
+"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -503,74 +629,91 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes."
+msgstr ""
+"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o "
+"eliminar manualmente los paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como "
+"hacer una instalación minima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su "
+"instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</"
+"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes "
+"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para "
+"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón "
+"durante la instalación para cargarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configure sus Servicios"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando "
+"arranque su sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo "
+"y ver todos los servicios que contiene."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -582,7 +725,9 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de "
+"abajo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -594,36 +739,45 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configure su huso horario"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo "
+"huso horario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora "
+"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos "
+"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -633,24 +787,31 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y "
+"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted "
+"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -673,7 +834,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía "
+"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar "
+"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -681,14 +845,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo."
+msgstr ""
+"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código "
+"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un "
+"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador "
+"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso "
+"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,30 +866,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios "
+"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En "
+"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder "
+"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -728,19 +904,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de "
+"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de "
+"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione "
+"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. "
+"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> "
+"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su "
+"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -750,7 +937,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de "
+"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. "
+"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las "
+"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -762,7 +954,9 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución "
+"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -770,19 +964,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>."
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no "
+"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su "
+"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la "
+"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se "
+"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá "
+"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que "
+"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está "
+"disponible</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el "
+"activar o desactivar varias opciones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -794,7 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede "
+"identificar su monitor correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -803,15 +1009,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar "
+"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin "
+"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la "
+"documentacion de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -822,10 +1035,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco "
+"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical "
+"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion "
+"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -834,7 +1051,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con "
+"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que "
+"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y "
+"consulte la documentacion de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -846,7 +1067,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor "
+"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -858,7 +1081,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe "
+"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -879,11 +1104,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en "
+"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si "
+"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no "
+"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una "
+"selección conservadora. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -893,47 +1124,63 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará."
+msgstr ""
+"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que "
+"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de "
+"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de "
+"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar "
+"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su "
+"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, "
+"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones "
+"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela."
+msgstr ""
+"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición "
+"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de "
+"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,21 +1203,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el "
+"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del "
+"contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -982,7 +1236,9 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones "
+"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -992,9 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su "
+"nueva instalación de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1004,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador "
+"puede ofrecer usarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1014,7 +1274,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación "
+"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia "
+"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1025,7 +1288,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la "
+"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, "
+"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. "
+"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que "
+"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se "
+"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad "
+"de sus archivos personales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1040,7 +1310,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. "
+"¡Tenga cuidado!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1048,7 +1320,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información "
+"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1058,9 +1332,11 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento  personalizado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación "
+"en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1069,10 +1345,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:"
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez "
+"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware "
+"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales "
+"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB."
+"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como "
+"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las "
+"siguientes configuraciones:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1088,7 +1371,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de "
+"megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1105,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Febrero 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1129,10 +1413,12 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá "
+"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1143,64 +1429,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
+"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
+"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Felicitaciones"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision="
+"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y "
+"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los "
+"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de "
+"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1212,43 +1516,54 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formateo"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier "
+"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para "
+"formatear."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan "
+"formatearse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que "
+"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1257,14 +1572,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla "
+"principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</"
+"guibutton> para continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1277,14 +1598,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible."
+msgstr ""
+"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está "
+"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil "
+"posible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite."
+msgstr ""
+"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto "
+"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1318,38 +1646,50 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias personales:"
+msgstr ""
+"Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias "
+"personales:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma "
+"elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: <guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/"
+"DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: "
+"<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</"
+"guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1358,8 +1698,10 @@ msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1372,7 +1714,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone cuatro opciones:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo "
+"usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 "
+"muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone "
+"cuatro opciones:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1384,28 +1730,36 @@ msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en detrimento del rendimiento."
+msgstr ""
+"- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en "
+"detrimento del rendimiento."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración de energía no se tiene en cuenta."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración "
+"de energía no se tiene en cuenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se "
+"refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por "
+"defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1413,12 +1767,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas "
+"con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</"
+"guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1431,12 +1790,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior."
+msgstr ""
+"Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. "
+"Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o "
+"pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1445,34 +1809,47 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione <guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione "
+"<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la "
+"lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de "
+"<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso)"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un "
+"CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree."
+"iso)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la "
+"pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de "
+"instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1482,9 +1859,11 @@ msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1494,24 +1873,29 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser "
+"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones "
+"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión."
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> "
+"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1521,10 +1905,17 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1536,25 +1927,33 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones."
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del "
+"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas "
+"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</"
+"code> en la terminal."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación "
+"gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para "
+"llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de "
+"bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la "
+"palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la "
+"instalación en modo texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1569,7 +1968,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un "
+"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática "
+"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, "
+"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada "
+"con otras si es necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1581,9 +1985,14 @@ msgstr "Problema de RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar "
+"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla "
+"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la "
+"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría "
+"256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1596,39 +2005,43 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en "
+"Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este "
+"disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualizaciones"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates."
+"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se "
+"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1636,7 +2049,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1648,55 +2063,73 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los "
+"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la "
+"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser "
+"elegidos en los próximos pasos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que "
+"contiene la base de la distribución."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, "
+"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de "
+"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio "
+"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, "
+"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo "
+"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este "
+"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en "
+"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para "
+"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para "
+"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1707,9 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima."
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de "
+"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1718,14 +2154,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos "
+"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o "
+"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto "
+"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá "
+"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1733,34 +2176,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1769,7 +2215,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo "
+"del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y "
+"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1785,9 +2234,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede "
+"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1799,7 +2251,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref "
+"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1830,9 +2284,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1844,19 +2300,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos."
+msgstr ""
+"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que "
+"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta "
+"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una "
+"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1873,7 +2335,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que "
+"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1885,7 +2349,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, "
+"trackballs, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1895,10 +2361,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger "
+"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta "
+"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1907,9 +2376,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1919,10 +2388,11 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,14 +2411,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores "
+"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el "
+"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener "
+"activados los repositorios non-free."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para "
+"que también la controle."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1961,14 +2437,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. "
+"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de "
+"proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los "
+"parámetros que debe poner aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1983,9 +2464,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en "
+"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada "
+"para un uso general."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -2002,50 +2486,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos "
+"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes "
+"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su "
+"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy "
+"peligroso!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer "
+"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivel de seguridad"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2063,7 +2561,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad "
+"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,14 +2586,19 @@ msgstr "Definicion"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o "
+"actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el "
+"archivo ISO sea copiado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aquí</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aquí</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2105,83 +2611,84 @@ msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico."
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Usan el instalador tradicional llamado \"drakx\"."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de lanzamientos previos."
+msgstr ""
+"Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de "
+"lanzamientos previos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema "
+"de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
-msgstr "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no libre."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se "
+"realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Sólo Escritorio Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) PARA REVISAR!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) PARA REVISAR!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contiene software no libre"
@@ -2191,31 +2698,33 @@ msgstr "Contiene software no libre"
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Medio Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su disco rígido."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado "
+"previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su "
+"disco rígido."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde versiones previas.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas "
+"para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde "
+"versiones previas.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre."
@@ -2225,21 +2734,18 @@ msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Sólo 32 bits."
@@ -2249,8 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo 32 bits."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME."
@@ -2260,8 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes."
@@ -2276,23 +2780,25 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar "
+"el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y "
+"completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido "
+"de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2300,24 +2806,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software propietario."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software "
+"propietario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para aquellos que lo necesiten."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para "
+"aquellos que lo necesiten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2332,25 +2840,27 @@ msgstr "Descargando"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2379,30 +2889,32 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2426,9 +2938,8 @@ msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2464,8 +2975,8 @@ msgstr "Usando Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2473,83 +2984,77 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Abrir consola"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/"
+"user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo"
@@ -2574,7 +3079,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disco de Imagenes</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2584,16 +3091,15 @@ msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2601,15 +3107,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,14 +3126,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la "
+"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que "
+"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros "
+"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2633,7 +3147,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, "
+"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la "
+"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX "
+"seguirá su elección real."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2644,14 +3162,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede "
+"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de "
+"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas "
+"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs "
+"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones "
+"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que "
+"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de "
+"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden "
+"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2659,7 +3186,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede "
+"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su "
+"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2669,9 +3199,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2682,7 +3214,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2695,7 +3229,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas "
+"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la "
+"última versión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2703,31 +3240,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia "
+"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión "
+"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya "
+"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación "
+"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.  <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede "
+"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de "
+"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.  <emphasis>NO</"
+"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2739,43 +3292,60 @@ msgstr "Teclado"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún "
+"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.  Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del "
+"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire "
+"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.  "
+"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También "
+"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de "
+"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar "
+"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la "
+"lista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2783,7 +3353,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una "
+"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas "
+"y no latinas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2796,38 +3369,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.  <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la "
+"instalación y para su sistema instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, "
+"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos "
+"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la "
+"instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la "
+"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección "
+"de múltiples idiomas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale "
+"también el idioma de su teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2835,141 +3422,186 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en "
+"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. "
+"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Administrar la localización de su sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro "
+"de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Administrar la localización de su "
+"sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Elección del ratón"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 "
+"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</"
+"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o "
+"más botones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el "
+"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> "
+"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una "
+"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede "
+"renombrar completamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra."
+msgstr ""
+"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos "
+"que seleccione otra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, "
+"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader."
+"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por "
+"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, "
+"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o "
+"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2988,14 +3620,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque."
+msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, "
+"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque "
+"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,14 +3640,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB  y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son "
+"soportados por GRUB  y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por "
+"defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación."
+msgstr ""
+"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible "
+"en la página de resumen durante la instación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3021,18 +3663,25 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de "
+"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de "
+"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le "
+"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe "
+"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como "
+"por ejemplo sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3043,19 +3692,27 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar "
+"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve "
+"al instalador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de "
+"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente "
+"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que "
+"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del "
+"sistema operativo en cuestión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3066,66 +3723,79 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>.  Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</"
+"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /"
+"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>.  Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configurando SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos "
+"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los "
+"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco "
+"duro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que "
+"tenga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurar el sonido"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3133,7 +3803,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido "
+"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3143,16 +3815,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla."
+msgstr ""
+"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras "
+"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie "
+"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la "
+"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en "
+"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la "
+"pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de "
+"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en "
+"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil "
+"sobre cómo resolver el problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3165,44 +3846,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado."
+msgstr ""
+"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la "
+"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios "
+"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar "
+"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po
index 7a3be8f1..b0b98ebf 100644
--- a/docs/installer/et.po
+++ b/docs/installer/et.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"et/)\n"
+"Language: et\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: et\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,38 @@ msgstr "Litsentsileping"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt läbi litsentsi tingimused."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt "
+"läbi litsentsi tingimused."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> "
+"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis "
+"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps "
+"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +84,10 @@ msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas "
+"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +100,31 @@ msgstr "et"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust "
+"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate "
+"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -127,38 +144,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat."
+msgstr ""
+"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab "
+"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja "
+"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i "
+"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,20 +189,31 @@ msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav "
+"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt "
+"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti "
+"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt "
+"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool "
+"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool "
+"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti "
+"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja "
+"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja "
+"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -196,29 +226,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril (root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma arvutis teeb"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril "
+"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste "
+"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma "
+"arvutis teeb"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja ikooni."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja "
+"ikooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.  <emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või "
+"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.  "
+"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +266,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. "
+"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati ülal asuvasse kasti."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda "
+"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati "
+"ülal asuvasse kasti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile "
+"näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +297,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende "
+"kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad alles pärast taaskäivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on "
+"soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad "
+"alles pärast taaskäivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -264,7 +318,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal <emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, "
+"võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal "
+"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate "
+"haldamine</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -282,7 +340,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab "
+"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või "
+"keelata külaliskonto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +351,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto "
+"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad "
+"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +362,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või "
+"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat "
+"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise "
+"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +374,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida "
+"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +384,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil "
+"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti "
+"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,46 +433,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole <application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole "
+"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte "
+"muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles "
+"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", \"Tüüp\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", "
+"\"Tüüp\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber"
+"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst (näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst "
+"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</"
+"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> "
+"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</"
+"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata jätta."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata "
+"jätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -404,15 +496,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning "
+"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval "
+"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida "
+"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -422,9 +520,11 @@ msgstr "Töölaua valimine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus saab valikut täpsustada."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus "
+"saab valikut täpsustada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -432,14 +532,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule <guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal "
+"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule "
+"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -451,21 +556,28 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või <application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või "
+"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja "
+"tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile "
+"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis "
+"paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks "
+"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -474,7 +586,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi "
+"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende "
+"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -496,74 +611,90 @@ msgstr "Graafiline keskkond."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või eemaldada."
+msgstr ""
+"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või "
+"eemaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-"
+"install\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas <guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku (seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas "
+"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku "
+"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili "
+"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates "
+"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos süsteemi alglaadimisega."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos "
+"süsteemi alglaadimisega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi "
+"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,48 +706,60 @@ msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse kohta."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse "
+"kohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete."
+msgstr ""
+"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas ajavööndis teie lähedal."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas "
+"ajavööndis teie lähedal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule "
+"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik "
+"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +769,32 @@ msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt "
+"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja "
+"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -666,7 +817,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel "
+"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva "
+"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -674,14 +828,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi "
+"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, "
+"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada ainult käsurida."
+msgstr ""
+"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada "
+"ainult käsurida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -689,30 +848,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis "
+"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi "
+"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha "
+"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,19 +886,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete "
+"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, "
+"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad "
+"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</"
+"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui "
+"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui "
+"arvate, et valik ei ole õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse korral loetelust oma kaart."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse "
+"korral loetelust oma kaart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -743,7 +919,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori "
+"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</"
+"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi "
+"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -755,7 +936,9 @@ msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,19 +946,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise "
+"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida "
+"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, "
+"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, "
+"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, "
+"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, "
+"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +979,9 @@ msgstr "Monitori valimine"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt teie monitori õigesti."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt "
+"teie monitori õigesti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -796,15 +990,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada "
+"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast "
+"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> "
+"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +1016,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: "
+"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +1030,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise "
+"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel "
+"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem "
+"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +1046,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride andmebaasi põhjal."
+msgstr ""
+"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride "
+"andmebaasi põhjal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +1060,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te "
+"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1084,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ 60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. "
+"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei "
+"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin "
+"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1103,64 @@ msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil "
+"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/"
+"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei "
+"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua "
+"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne "
+"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub olema kolm salvestusseadet."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, "
+"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub "
+"olema kolm salvestusseadet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige <guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige "
+"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta või ka kustutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. "
+"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta "
+"või ka kustutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -949,21 +1183,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida "
+"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja sisust."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja "
+"sisust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1216,9 @@ msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning "
+"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1228,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada uuele Mageia paigaldusele."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada "
+"uuele Mageia paigaldusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1242,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib "
+"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1007,7 +1254,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!"
+msgstr ""
+"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi "
+"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha "
+"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1018,7 +1268,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. "
+"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel "
+"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, "
+"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia "
+"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi "
+"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1033,7 +1289,9 @@ msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge ettevaatlik!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge "
+"ettevaatlik!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1041,7 +1299,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba "
+"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1051,9 +1311,11 @@ msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal või -ketastel paigaldatakse."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal "
+"või -ketastel paigaldatakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,10 +1324,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks gparted."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid "
+"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara "
+"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat "
+"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast "
+"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt "
+"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks "
+"gparted."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1081,7 +1350,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks paarisarv."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks "
+"paarisarv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1098,8 +1369,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1122,10 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See, millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest."
+msgstr ""
+"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See, "
+"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus "
+"langetatud valikutest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1136,64 +1409,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
+"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Õnnitleme!"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti taaskäivitada."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja "
+"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti "
+"taaskäivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava "
+"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse automaatselt teie uus Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse "
+"automaatselt teie uus Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,43 +1497,54 @@ msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite anda oma panuse Mageia edusse."
+msgstr ""
+"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite "
+"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Vormindamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, säilivad."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed "
+"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, "
+"säilivad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud."
+msgstr ""
+"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, "
+"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1250,14 +1553,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja "
+"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal "
+"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1270,14 +1579,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud "
+"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või "
+"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja."
+msgstr ""
+"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab "
+"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1297,9 +1611,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1322,7 +1635,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1334,9 +1648,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1351,7 +1665,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1410,7 +1725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1428,7 +1744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1442,7 +1759,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1462,9 +1780,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,8 +1792,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1487,24 +1804,30 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani külgpaneelil."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani "
+"külgpaneelil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini vajalikud valikud."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp "
+"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini "
+"vajalikud valikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud etappi põhjalikumalt."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud "
+"etappi põhjalikumalt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1514,10 +1837,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1529,24 +1860,25 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne "
+"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat "
+"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1562,7 +1894,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale <code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste võtmetega."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi "
+"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise "
+"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale "
+"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste "
+"võtmetega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1574,9 +1911,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks <code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti "
+"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada "
+"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks "
+"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1589,9 +1930,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,29 +1939,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Uuendused"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on "
+"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1629,7 +1968,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida "
+"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või "
+"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1641,55 +1983,73 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks "
+"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. "
+"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel "
+"etappidel võimalik paigaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest "
+"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, "
+"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise "
+"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). "
+"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke "
+"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab "
+"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa "
+"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need "
+"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. "
+"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud "
+"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1700,9 +2060,11 @@ msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset "
+"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1711,14 +2073,20 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks "
+"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt "
+"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist "
+"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1726,34 +2094,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1762,7 +2133,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie "
+"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata "
+"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1778,9 +2152,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda "
+"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1792,7 +2168,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. "
+"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1808,7 +2186,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei tasu siin midagi muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei "
+"tasu siin midagi muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1823,9 +2203,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/home</literal> kataloogi."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kataloogi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1837,14 +2219,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal (deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata."
+msgstr ""
+"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal "
+"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi arvuti enam korralikult töötada."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi "
+"arvuti enam korralikult töötada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1866,7 +2252,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud "
+"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1878,7 +2266,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, puuteplaate jms."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, "
+"puuteplaate jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,10 +2278,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus "
+"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu "
+"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1900,8 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1912,10 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1934,14 +2327,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust <application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad "
+"mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust "
+"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud "
+"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud kaarti jälgitaks."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud "
+"kaarti jälgitaks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1954,14 +2353,18 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid."
+msgstr ""
+"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab "
+"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma süsteemiadministraatoriga."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma "
+"süsteemiadministraatoriga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,9 +2379,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks "
+"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1995,50 +2400,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda."
+msgstr ""
+"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate "
+"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub "
+"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni suuruse muutmine"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni "
+"suuruse muutmine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi "
+"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Turbetase"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2049,14 +2466,18 @@ msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima vaikimisi määratu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima "
+"vaikimisi määratu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta "
+"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2083,8 +2504,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2098,14 +2519,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2116,30 +2535,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2151,30 +2566,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2184,31 +2595,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2218,21 +2625,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2242,8 +2646,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2253,8 +2656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2269,23 +2671,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,8 +2693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2304,8 +2703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2325,25 +2723,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,29 +2770,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2419,9 +2817,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2863,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2577,16 +2962,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2594,15 +2978,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2610,14 +2997,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele "
+"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale "
+"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</"
+"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2626,7 +3018,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, "
+"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks "
+"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX "
+"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2637,14 +3033,22 @@ msgstr "Sisestusmeetod"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi "
+"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate "
+"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-"
+"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised "
+"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning "
+"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2652,7 +3056,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -&gt; \"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha "
+"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -&gt; "
+"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2662,9 +3069,11 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +3084,9 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamise."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2688,7 +3099,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele uuendada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele "
+"uuendada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2696,31 +3110,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</literal>-partitsioon)."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus "
+"praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse "
+"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus "
+"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</"
+"literal>-partitsioon)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda hilisema paigalduse käigus."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või "
+"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda "
+"hilisema paigalduse käigus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2732,43 +3165,58 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei "
+"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu "
+"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, "
+"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri "
+"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti "
+"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks "
+"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud."
+msgstr ""
+"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> "
+"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud "
+"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse "
+"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2776,7 +3224,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis "
+"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina "
+"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2789,38 +3240,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.  <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii "
+"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste "
+"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</"
+"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute "
+"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil."
+msgstr ""
+"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil "
+"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik "
+"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2828,31 +3292,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele "
+"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei "
+"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia juhtimiskeskus -&gt; Süsteem -&gt; Süsteemi lokaliseerimine."
+msgstr ""
+"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskus -&gt; Süsteem -&gt; Süsteemi lokaliseerimine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Hiire valimine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2864,105 +3334,142 @@ msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, "
+"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri "
+"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused "
+"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge "
+"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal "
+"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te täiesti kindel ei ole."
+msgstr ""
+"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi "
+"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te "
+"täiesti kindel ei ole."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis "
+"paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada Mageial luua uus."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul "
+"tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada "
+"Mageial luua uus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3488,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR (Master Boot Record)  sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR "
+"(Master Boot Record)  sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi "
+"operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia "
+"alglaadimismenüüsse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka "
+"uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2996,14 +3509,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit."
+msgstr ""
+"Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu "
+"perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui "
+"kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel."
+msgstr ""
+"Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida "
+"paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,18 +3532,25 @@ msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et "
+"teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite "
+"alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab "
+"muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR "
+"sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal "
+"partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3036,19 +3561,28 @@ msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage <literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon (<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi ekraanile."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage "
+"<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon "
+"(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi "
+"ekraanile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, "
+"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase "
+"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle "
+"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi "
+"dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3059,48 +3593,56 @@ msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle "
+"peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</"
+"guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal "
+"käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI seadistamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI "
+"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit "
+"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI seadmed teil on."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI "
+"seadmed teil on."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3112,13 +3654,15 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3670,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie "
+"helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3136,16 +3682,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast "
+"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või "
+"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil "
+"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal "
+"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule "
+"<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule "
+"<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid "
+"soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,44 +3712,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise "
+"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu "
+"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule "
+"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse kõik andmed."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite "
+"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse "
+"kõik andmed."
diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po
index 9b6c52d1..e359b223 100644
--- a/docs/installer/eu.po
+++ b/docs/installer/eu.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 13:20+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"eu/)\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: eu\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,39 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz baldintzak eta lizentzia."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz "
+"baldintzak eta lizentzia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari "
+"aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko "
+"dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua "
+"berrabiaraziko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +85,9 @@ msgstr "Askapen Oharrak"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +100,32 @@ msgstr "eu"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek zehazten dute."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete "
+"iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. "
+"Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek "
+"zehazten dute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,31 +152,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,8 +186,8 @@ msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -183,7 +199,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean."
+msgstr ""
+"Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta "
+"minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,22 +221,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, "
+"erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu ezazu testu-kutxa honetan."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu "
+"ezazu testu-kutxa honetan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako "
+"izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen "
+"benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da "
+"maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +252,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza "
+"idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra "
+"adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko "
+"duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen "
+"pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu "
+"bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +284,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile <emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena."
+msgstr ""
+"Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu "
+"home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi "
+"baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren "
+"benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -282,7 +323,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua."
+msgstr ""
+"Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa "
+"gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila "
+"eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu."
+msgstr ""
+"gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. "
+"Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +345,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino murritzagoak izaten dira."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat "
+"gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta "
+"erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino "
+"murritzagoak izaten dira."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +357,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio "
+"erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-"
+"a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +368,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu "
+"aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik "
+"utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki "
+"bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez "
+"badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,38 +417,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze puntu alda ditzake."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. "
+"Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze "
+"puntu alda ditzake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa duzual."
+msgstr ""
+"Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) "
+"partizioa duzual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
 "point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia"
+"\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -396,7 +465,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi "
+"dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -409,9 +480,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -422,9 +493,11 @@ msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure aukera doitzeko."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure "
+"aukera doitzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,7 +512,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,14 +533,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -496,44 +572,50 @@ msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu edo kentzeko paketeak."
+msgstr ""
+"Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu "
+"edo kentzeko paketeak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko argibideak."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat "
+"egiteko argibideak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa pertsonalizatzeko."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa "
+"pertsonalizatzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -541,29 +623,35 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan ezar dezakezu."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan "
+"ezar dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta "
+"zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,7 +663,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info koadroan erakusten da."
+msgstr ""
+"Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info "
+"koadroan erakusten da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -587,36 +677,45 @@ msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu zona berekoa aukeratuz."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu "
+"zona berekoa aukeratuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa "
+"ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu "
+"guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +725,31 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua  behar bezala identifikatuko du."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua  "
+"behar bezala identifikatuko du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein "
+"duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -681,7 +787,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte "
+"Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,23 +804,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura "
+"aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,11 +832,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -733,7 +844,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure "
+"txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -755,7 +868,9 @@ msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan "
+"ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,11 +878,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -775,7 +890,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera "
+"aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +904,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala identifika dezake."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala "
+"identifika dezake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -801,10 +920,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +937,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta "
+"sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala "
+"nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo "
+"horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +953,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure "
+"benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu "
+"baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta "
+"ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +969,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten saiatzen da."
+msgstr ""
+"Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten "
+"saiatzen da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +983,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun "
+"baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1006,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa kontserbadorea izan behar da."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak "
+"eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila "
+"aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den "
+"bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa "
+"kontserbadorea izan behar da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1025,53 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu partizio guztiak garbitzeko"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu "
+"partizio guztiak garbitzeko"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu."
+msgstr ""
+"Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo "
+"aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,14 +1101,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko "
+"gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1124,9 @@ msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu "
+"egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1136,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau "
+"erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, "
+"instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1033,7 +1188,9 @@ msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz ibili!"
+msgstr ""
+"Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz "
+"ibili!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1051,9 +1208,11 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko gogorrean."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko "
+"gogorrean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,8 +1221,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1098,8 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "2014ko Otsaila"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1122,8 +1280,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1136,24 +1294,27 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1161,31 +1322,34 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Zorionak"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1193,7 +1357,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa "
+"automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,24 +1371,29 @@ msgstr "Gozatu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi izanez"
+msgstr ""
+"Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi "
+"izanez"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formateatzen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1234,7 +1405,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten dira"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten "
+"dira"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
@@ -1255,8 +1428,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1297,10 +1470,11 @@ msgstr "Hona hemen  Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1311,19 +1485,24 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:"
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu"
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, "
+"aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1334,15 +1513,16 @@ msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1351,8 +1531,10 @@ msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1377,7 +1559,9 @@ msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren kalterako."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren "
+"kalterako."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
@@ -1410,8 +1594,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1424,12 +1610,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-"
+"teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka "
+"ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,8 +1633,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1462,9 +1655,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,9 +1667,11 @@ msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1487,16 +1681,15 @@ msgstr "Instalazio urratsak"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -1514,8 +1707,8 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1529,8 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
@@ -1538,15 +1730,14 @@ msgid ""
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1574,8 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "RAM arazoak"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1589,9 +1780,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,22 +1789,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Eguneraketak"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
@@ -1641,26 +1829,27 @@ msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1669,14 +1858,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren oinarria daukanez gero."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren "
+"oinarria daukanez gero."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1684,11 +1875,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1700,8 +1891,8 @@ msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1726,34 +1917,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1778,8 +1972,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1823,9 +2017,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</"
+"literal> direktorioa izango du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1878,7 +2074,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, trackballs, etab "
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, "
+"trackballs, etab "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,8 +2086,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1900,9 +2098,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura dezakezu."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura "
+"dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1912,10 +2111,11 @@ msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,7 +2141,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena ezartzen, ikusteko ere."
+msgstr ""
+"Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena "
+"ezartzen, ikusteko ere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1959,9 +2161,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen sartu beharreko parametroak"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen "
+"sartu beharreko parametroak"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,8 +2180,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2007,22 +2211,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan "
+"daitekeela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren tamaina aldatu"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren "
+"tamaina aldatu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2030,15 +2237,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Segurtasun-maila"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2083,9 +2293,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hemen</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">hemen</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2098,83 +2310,79 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "DrakX izeneko instalatzaile tradizionalak erabiltzen dituzte."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio batetatik."
+msgstr ""
+"Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio "
+"batetatik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
-msgstr "DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak."
+msgstr ""
+"DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez."
+msgstr ""
+"Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
@@ -2184,31 +2392,27 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live baliabidea"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO mahaigaineko ingurune bakar bat du (KDE edo GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
@@ -2218,21 +2422,18 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "32 bite soilik."
@@ -2242,8 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "32 bite soilik."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
@@ -2253,8 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude."
@@ -2269,23 +2468,21 @@ msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,24 +2490,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen gendearentzat."
+msgstr ""
+"Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen "
+"gendearentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar duten pertsonentzat."
+msgstr ""
+"Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar "
+"duten pertsonentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2325,25 +2524,27 @@ msgstr "Deskargatzen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,30 +2573,38 @@ msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/"
+"the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako "
+"zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2419,9 +2628,8 @@ msgstr "ISO-a CD/DVD baten grabatu"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2665,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia erabiliz"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2674,80 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago"
@@ -2567,7 +2772,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2577,32 +2784,38 @@ msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren "
+"dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>-an."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>-an."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2615,8 +2828,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2637,13 +2850,13 @@ msgstr "Sarrera metodoa"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2662,9 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +2890,9 @@ msgstr "Instalatu"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko baterako."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko "
+"baterako."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2696,30 +2913,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2737,35 +2954,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2796,22 +3014,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2820,7 +3040,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, "
+"komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2842,31 +3064,36 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Aukeratu sagua"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu ahal izango duzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu "
+"ahal izango duzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB "
+"sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
@@ -2876,56 +3103,75 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu."
+msgstr ""
+"Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten "
+"abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2936,33 +3182,38 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen "
+"ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat sortzea erabaki behar duzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan "
+"Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat "
+"sortzea erabaki behar duzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3232,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago "
+"badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko kargatzailea gisa."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko "
+"kargatzailea gisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,7 +3259,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio "
+"kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,16 +3272,16 @@ msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3036,8 +3294,8 @@ msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3045,8 +3303,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3059,9 +3317,9 @@ msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3069,29 +3327,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3100,25 +3357,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI disko(ak)."
+msgstr ""
+"Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI "
+"disko(ak)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3388,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen bat baduzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen "
+"izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen "
+"bat baduzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3142,10 +3407,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Orduan, draksound-en  \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan, draksound-en  \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</"
+"guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,33 +3425,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste baduzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan "
+"zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri "
+"badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste "
+"baduzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</"
+"guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3196,6 +3470,18 @@ msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak "
+"ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu "
+"guztiak."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po
index c470b2d6..f7893825 100644
--- a/docs/installer/fr.po
+++ b/docs/installer/fr.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
 # Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013
@@ -15,14 +15,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 04:10+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n"
-"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n"
+"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"fr/)\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -33,9 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -45,31 +49,40 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>"
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les "
+"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution "
+"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir "
+"continuer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis "
+"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous "
+"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> "
+"redémarrera votre ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -81,7 +94,10 @@ msgstr "Notes de version"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de "
+"version.</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -92,29 +108,35 @@ msgstr "fr"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible "
+"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique "
+"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages "
+"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,38 +156,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update.  Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). "
+"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les "
+"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update.  Avec "
+"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -177,20 +200,31 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de "
+"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de "
+"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, "
+"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en "
+"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de "
+"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-"
+"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez "
+"fait une erreur de saisie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères."
+msgstr ""
+"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé "
+"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et "
+"autres caractères."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,29 +237,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur "
+"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser "
+"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses "
+"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez "
+"l'icône de l'utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de "
+"l'utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant "
+"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. "
+"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -233,22 +278,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot "
+"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui "
+"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/"
+">)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot "
+"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi "
+"dans les deux champs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire "
+"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais "
+"protégé en écriture."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -256,14 +311,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs."
+msgstr ""
+"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de "
+"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en "
+"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de "
+"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel "
+"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -271,12 +332,16 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez "
+"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de "
+"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -289,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité."
+msgstr ""
+"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet "
+"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De "
+"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -297,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la "
+"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé "
+"USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -305,7 +377,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici "
+"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un "
+"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus "
+"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -313,7 +389,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de "
+"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les "
+"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -321,42 +400,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de "
+"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit "
+"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Choix des points de montage"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -364,46 +449,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage."
+msgstr ""
+"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre "
+"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de "
+"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de "
+"montage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE "
+"partition <literal>/</literal> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", "
+"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du "
+"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points "
+"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses "
+"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une "
+"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour "
+"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le "
+"champ point de montage en blanc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -411,15 +514,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</"
+"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son "
+"type et sa taille."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement "
+"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -429,9 +539,11 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent "
+"apparaître pour préciser les choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,14 +551,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant "
+"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,21 +575,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou "
+"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent "
+"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher "
+"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les "
+"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut "
+"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger "
+"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de "
+"paquetages installés par défaut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -481,7 +607,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est "
+"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, "
+"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans "
+"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -503,74 +633,92 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter "
+"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications "
+"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour "
+"personnaliser l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).  Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</"
+"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il "
+"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).  Utiliser alors ce "
+"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre "
+"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en "
+"choisissant de charger le fichier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurer les Services"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage "
+"du système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le "
+"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -582,7 +730,9 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous."
+msgstr ""
+"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont "
+"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -594,36 +744,45 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche "
+"dans le même fuseau."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure "
+"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent "
+"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -633,24 +792,31 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes "
+"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si "
+"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -673,7 +839,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle "
+"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez "
+"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -681,14 +850,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes."
+msgstr ""
+"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes "
+"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à "
+"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> "
+"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le "
+"pilote sélectionné est inadapté."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,30 +871,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte "
+"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"."
+"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites "
+"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y "
+"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -728,19 +909,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) "
+"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est "
+"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</"
+"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le "
+"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les "
+"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir "
+"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine "
+"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, "
+"choisir la carte dans la liste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -750,19 +942,28 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le "
+"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des "
+"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> "
+"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de "
+"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
-msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects."
+msgstr ""
+"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la "
+"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -770,19 +971,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît "
+"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de "
+"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question "
+"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils "
+"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va "
+"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le "
+"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, "
+"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider "
+"ou d'invalider différentes options."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -794,7 +1005,9 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, "
+"votre matériel est bien identifié."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -803,15 +1016,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au "
+"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier "
+"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En "
+"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -822,10 +1042,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la "
+"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle "
+"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -834,7 +1059,12 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les "
+"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre "
+"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous "
+"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation "
+"de votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -846,7 +1076,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de "
+"moniteur à partir de la base de données."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -858,7 +1090,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous "
+"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence "
+"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -879,11 +1114,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations "
+"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels "
+"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous "
+"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique "
+"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être "
+"prudent dans vos choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -893,47 +1134,65 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord "
+"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. "
+"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le "
+"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es)  disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer."
+msgstr ""
+"Définir ici la disposition du(es)  disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de "
+"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une "
+"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant "
+"de démarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre "
+"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc "
+"s'ils sont trois."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour "
+"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. "
+"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, "
+"la redimensionner ou la supprimer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,21 +1215,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions "
+"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où "
+"installer <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier."
+msgstr ""
+"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du "
+"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -982,7 +1248,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux "
+"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -992,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option "
+"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1004,9 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, "
+"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1014,7 +1286,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation "
+"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous "
+"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1025,7 +1300,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable."
+msgstr ""
+"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit "
+"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté "
+"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée "
+"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la "
+"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est "
+"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au "
+"préalable."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1040,7 +1322,9 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !"
+msgstr ""
+"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. "
+"Faites attention !"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1048,7 +1332,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, "
+"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être "
+"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1058,9 +1345,11 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s)  disque(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre "
+"installation sur le(s)  disque(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1069,10 +1358,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :"
+msgstr ""
+"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 "
+"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de "
+"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur "
+"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi "
+"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de "
+"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de "
+"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration "
+"suivante :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1088,7 +1385,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo."
+msgstr ""
+"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair "
+"de Mo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1105,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Février 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1129,10 +1427,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après "
+"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que "
+"vous faites."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1143,64 +1444,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la "
+"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider "
+"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Félicitations"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont "
+"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation "
+"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation "
+"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans "
+"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, "
+"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1212,43 +1533,56 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatage"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données "
+"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront "
+"préservées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées."
+msgstr ""
+"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être "
+"formatées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où "
+"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1257,14 +1591,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal.  Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à "
+"l'écran principal.  Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu "
+"des partitions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1277,14 +1618,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, "
+"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la "
+"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ."
+msgstr ""
+"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par "
+"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la "
+"plupart du temps ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,15 +1646,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1318,38 +1667,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :"
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences "
+"personnelles :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être "
+"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur "
+"la touche Entrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD "
+"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le "
+"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</"
+"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1358,8 +1720,10 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1372,7 +1736,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en "
+"utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 "
+"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de démarrage</"
+"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1384,28 +1752,37 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au "
+"détriment performances."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte."
+msgstr ""
+"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de "
+"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne "
+"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez "
+"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par "
+"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1413,12 +1790,18 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées "
+"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne "
+"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises "
+"en compte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1431,12 +1814,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil."
+msgstr ""
+"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options "
+"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis "
+"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement "
+"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1445,34 +1834,46 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou "
+"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> "
+"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées "
+"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2."
+msgstr ""
+"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par "
+"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont "
+"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD "
+"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1482,9 +1883,11 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1494,24 +1897,30 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être "
+"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour "
+"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options "
+"supplémentaires moins communes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours."
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui "
+"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1521,10 +1930,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1536,25 +1954,33 @@ msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. "
+"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. "
+"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à "
+"l'invite."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être "
+"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode "
+"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier "
+"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le "
+"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez "
+"l'installation en mode texte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1569,7 +1995,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir "
+"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection "
+"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter "
+"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée "
+"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1581,9 +2012,14 @@ msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut "
+"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la "
+"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx "
+"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour "
+"spécifier 256Mo de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1596,39 +2032,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un "
+"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est "
+"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format "
+"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/"
+"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Mises à jour"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés."
+msgstr ""
+"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1636,7 +2077,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les "
+"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez "
+"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1648,55 +2092,73 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du "
+"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine "
+"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes "
+"suivantes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base "
+"de la distribution."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont "
+"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel "
+"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par "
+"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes "
+"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous "
+"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce "
+"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans "
+"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution "
+"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour "
+"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1707,9 +2169,12 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant "
+"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1718,14 +2183,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations "
+"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un "
+"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette "
+"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des "
+"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose "
+"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1733,34 +2205,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1769,7 +2244,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant "
+"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible "
+"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur "
+"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1785,9 +2264,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le "
+"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1799,7 +2280,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de "
+"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1809,13 +2292,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1830,9 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se "
+"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1844,14 +2331,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches."
+msgstr ""
+"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond "
+"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines "
+"tâches."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une "
+"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1873,7 +2365,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du "
+"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1885,7 +2379,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, "
+"trackballs etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1895,10 +2391,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option "
+"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un "
+"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1907,9 +2406,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de "
+"l'affichage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1919,10 +2419,12 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,14 +2443,21 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau "
+"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le "
+"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</"
+"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non "
+"libres (nonfree)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu "
+"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1961,14 +2470,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en "
+"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de "
+"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir "
+"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1983,14 +2497,17 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent "
+"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -2002,50 +2519,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler."
+msgstr ""
+"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes "
+"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui "
+"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix "
+"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué."
+msgstr ""
+"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la "
+"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2063,7 +2593,10 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de "
+"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de "
+"Contrôle de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,14 +2618,19 @@ msgstr "Définition"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur lequel l'image ISO est copiée."
+msgstr ""
+"Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/"
+"ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur "
+"lequel l'image ISO est copiée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/"
+"\">ici</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2105,83 +2643,83 @@ msgstr "Média d'installation classique"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Fonctionnalités habituelles"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir "
+"de versions précédentes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de "
+"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels non-libres."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels "
+"non-libres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté."
+msgstr ""
+"Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est "
+"réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Bureau Xfce uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) sont à cocher !"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, "
+"sv, uk) sont à cocher !"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres."
@@ -2191,31 +2729,33 @@ msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Média \"Live\""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement."
+msgstr ""
+"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement "
+"sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
-msgstr "L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour "
+"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à "
+"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres."
@@ -2225,21 +2765,18 @@ msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "CD live KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "En anglais uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement."
@@ -2249,8 +2786,7 @@ msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "CD live GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement."
@@ -2260,8 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "DVD live KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes."
@@ -2276,48 +2811,55 @@ msgstr "DVD Live GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Média CD de démarrage uniquement"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour "
+"démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et "
+"terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de "
+"l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le "
+"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas "
+"de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent les logiciels non-libres."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent "
+"les logiciels non-libres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) "
+"pour les personnes qui en ont besoin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2332,29 +2874,43 @@ msgstr "Téléchargement"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant "
+"soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira "
+"quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le "
+"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez "
+"également voir quelque chose comme"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. "
+"Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été "
+"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous "
+"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du "
+"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est "
+"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette "
+"fenêtre apparaît alors :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2379,30 +2935,38 @@ msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un "
+"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2414,7 +2978,10 @@ msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO"
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer un média de démarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé "
+"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer "
+"un média de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2426,10 +2993,14 @@ msgstr "Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct.  Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le "
+"graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</"
+"emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct.  Pour "
+"plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2441,7 +3012,10 @@ msgstr "Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système d'exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+"Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les "
+"copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système "
+"d'exploitation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2449,7 +3023,10 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système "
+"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront "
+"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
@@ -2464,92 +3041,98 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Ouvrir une console"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (n'oubliez pas le - final)"
+msgstr ""
+"Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> "
+"(n'oubliez pas le - final)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une "
+"application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go."
+msgstr ""
+"Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; "
+"par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé "
+"USB de 8 Go."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd "
+"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé."
@@ -2574,7 +3157,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2584,32 +3169,38 @@ msgstr "Installation de Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/"
+"\">la documentation Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,14 +3208,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des "
+"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un "
+"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2633,7 +3229,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</"
+"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler "
+"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, "
+"DrakX respectera votre choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2644,14 +3244,25 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement.  D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des "
+"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de "
+"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques "
+"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD "
+"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les "
+"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie "
+"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la "
+"paramétrer manuellement.  D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, "
+"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées "
+"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet "
+"avant la sélection des paquetages."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2659,7 +3270,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -&gt; \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase "
+"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par "
+"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -&gt; \"Système\", ou en exécutant "
+"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2669,9 +3284,11 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2682,7 +3299,9 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2695,7 +3314,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</"
+"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à "
+"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2703,31 +3325,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore "
+"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à "
+"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de "
+"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de "
+"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix "
+"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou "
+"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</"
+"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2739,43 +3381,63 @@ msgstr "Clavier"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si "
+"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le "
+"clavier US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre "
+"disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se "
+"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au "
+"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier "
+"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y "
+"sélectionner le bon clavier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à "
+"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette "
+"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé "
+"sera bien celui de la liste complète."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2783,7 +3445,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran "
+"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le "
+"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2796,38 +3461,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant "
+"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le "
+"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable "
+"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les "
+"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de "
+"langues supplémentaires après l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples."
+msgstr ""
+"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en "
+"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera "
+"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est "
+"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2835,141 +3515,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela "
+"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver "
+"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 "
+"s'applique à toutes les langues installées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -&gt; Système -&gt; Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le "
+"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -&gt; Système -&gt; Gérer les paramètres locaux "
+"de votre système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Sélection de la souris"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre "
+"ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe "
+"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</"
+"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris "
+"à six boutons ou plus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir "
+"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de "
+"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de "
+"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques."
+msgstr ""
+"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour "
+"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de "
+"risques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la "
+"renommer complètement."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait "
+"pendant la phase de démarrage du système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine."
+msgstr ""
+"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité "
+"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des "
+"modifications dans ce domaine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents "
+"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. "
+msgstr ""
+"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel "
+"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant "
+"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2988,14 +3719,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR  (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans "
+"le MBR  (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà "
+"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au "
+"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en "
+"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,14 +3740,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé."
+msgstr ""
+"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas "
+"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le "
+"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé."
+msgstr ""
+"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui "
+"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3021,41 +3763,58 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant.  "
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez "
+"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du "
+"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel "
+"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera "
+"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la "
+"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce "
+"périphérique."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root).  Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où "
+"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root).  Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans "
+"l'écran de l'installateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question."
+msgstr ""
+"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de "
+"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du "
+"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de "
+"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. "
+"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3066,48 +3825,58 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage "
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</"
+"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /"
+"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configuration du SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut "
+"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et "
+"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) "
+"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3119,13 +3888,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du son"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3133,7 +3904,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre "
+"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3143,16 +3916,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran."
+msgstr ""
+"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après "
+"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</"
+"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en "
+"haut à droite de l'écran."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des "
+"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3165,44 +3946,65 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de "
+"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun "
+"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais "
+"pilote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué "
+"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la "
+"sélection du bon disque dur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la "
+"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et "
+"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po
index 2d0c4834..cc28b413 100644
--- a/docs/installer/id.po
+++ b/docs/installer/id.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/id/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
+"language/id/)\n"
+"Language: id\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: id\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,39 @@ msgstr "Perjanjian Lisensi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat "
+"dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik "
+"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan menyalakan ulang komputer Anda."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih "
+"karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan "
+"menyalakan ulang komputer Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, "
+"klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "id"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Konfigurasi Media Instalasi Pelengkap)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama langkah-langkah berikutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa "
+"menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan "
+"sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama "
+"langkah-langkah berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih "
+"mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh "
+"Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda "
+"bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +192,30 @@ msgstr "Atur Sandi Administrator (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut <emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar "
+"mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut "
+"<emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, "
+"warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau "
+"tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda "
+"menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak "
+"di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik "
+"sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi."
+msgstr ""
+"Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan "
+"penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +228,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya"
+msgstr ""
+"Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit "
+"dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, "
+"menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang "
+"biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah ikon pengguna."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah "
+"ikon pengguna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks ini."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks "
+"ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna "
+"atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama "
+"login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +269,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi "
+"pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan "
+"kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-tiap kotak teks."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak "
+"teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-"
+"tiap kotak teks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki "
+"direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +300,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan."
+msgstr ""
+"Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> "
+"akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan "
+"untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang "
+"sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,7 +321,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin "
+"ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - "
+"Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -284,7 +343,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah "
+"layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan "
+"yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus "
+"menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau "
+"mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan "
+"komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna "
+"normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +377,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah "
+"shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar "
+"sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +388,49 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.  Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk "
+"pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.  "
+"Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di "
+"sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga, biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga, "
+"biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui "
+"apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Pilih titik kait"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +438,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa mengubah titik kaitnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda "
+"tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa "
+"mengubah titik kaitnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", \"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", "
+"\"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], \"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], "
+"\"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi <literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang "
+"berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait "
+"sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda "
+"ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi "
+"<literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik kait kosong."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik "
+"kait kosong."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +502,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih "
+"apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar "
+"berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang "
+"disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +526,11 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar "
+"lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +538,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol <guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi "
+"paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol "
+"<guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +562,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop <application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop "
+"<application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. "
+"Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya "
+"atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan "
+"software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</"
+"application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang "
+"terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Grup Paket"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +594,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk "
+"sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi "
+"lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat "
+"saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +620,91 @@ msgstr "Lingkungan Grafis"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah atau menghapus paket secara manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah "
+"atau menghapus paket secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara menginstall secara minimal."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara "
+"menginstall secara minimal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Pilih Paket Individual"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk menyesuaikan instalasi."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk "
+"menyesuaikan instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat instalasi dan memuatnya."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</"
+"guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga "
+"disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall "
+"paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat "
+"instalasi dan memuatnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurasikan Layanan Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat komputer dinyalakan."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat "
+"komputer dinyalakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan "
+"melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +716,9 @@ msgstr "Pengaturan pilihan DrakX biasanya sudah bagus."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan dalam kotak informasi di bawah."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan "
+"dalam kotak informasi di bawah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +730,45 @@ msgstr "Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat "
+"dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke "
+"waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan "
+"semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +778,31 @@ msgstr "Pilih Server X (Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis Anda)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan "
+"mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +825,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang cocok di kategori Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk "
+"basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang "
+"cocok di kategori Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +836,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open "
+"source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada "
+"pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin "
+"hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +856,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya tersedia di website mereka."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux "
+"yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya "
+"tersedia di website mereka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah komputer dinyalakan ulang."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. "
+"Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah "
+"komputer dinyalakan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis dan Monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +895,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih "
+"dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada "
+"sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</"
+"acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa "
+"bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. "
+"Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak "
+"membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih "
+"perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +927,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor "
+"dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur "
+"refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +944,9 @@ msgstr "Refresh rate yang tidak tepat bisa merusak monitor Anda"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan "
+"kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +954,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak tersedia</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan "
+"pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan "
+"sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. "
+"Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan "
+"bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan "
+"pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"tersedia</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa "
+"memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +988,9 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali monitor Anda dengan tepat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali "
+"monitor Anda dengan tepat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +999,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak "
+"monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi "
+"monitor yang Anda miliki"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1025,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Sesuaian</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan line ditampilkan."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate "
+"vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa "
+"sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan "
+"line ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1041,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor "
+"dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika "
+"ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda "
+"miliki."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1057,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari basis data."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari "
+"basis data."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1071,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan memilih:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon "
+"dengan memilih:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1095,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Umum</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz "
+"dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali "
+"bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa "
+"ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan "
+"sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1114,62 @@ msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, "
+"pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan "
+"enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem "
+"Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya sebelum Anda memulai."
+msgstr ""
+"Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, "
+"mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya "
+"sebelum Anda memulai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan "
+"lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua "
+"partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu "
+"tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1192,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</application> akan diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang "
+"ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</"
+"application> akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada "
+"tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1225,9 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah "
+"ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1237,11 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan "
+"ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1251,11 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, "
+"installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1263,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi "
+"beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1276,12 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi "
+"harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat "
+"terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada "
+"jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. "
+"Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-hati!"
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-"
+"hati!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan gunakan pilihan ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, "
+"atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan "
+"gunakan pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1319,10 @@ msgstr "Sesuaian"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1331,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada "
+"standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian "
+"yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa "
+"perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. "
+"Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian "
+"alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan "
+"berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1100,8 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1397,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam "
+"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan "
+"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1414,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
+"link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Selamat"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan menjalankan ulang komputer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih "
+"sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan "
+"otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,31 +1502,39 @@ msgstr "Nikmatilah!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin berkontribusi untuk Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin "
+"berkontribusi untuk Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Pemformatan"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan tetap tersimpan."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data "
+"pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan "
+"tetap tersimpan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1243,7 +1546,9 @@ msgstr "Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat"
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin "
+"Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1557,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.  Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam partisi Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> "
+"lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.  "
+"Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam "
+"partisi Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1584,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah mungkin."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, "
+"Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah "
+"mungkin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan "
+"memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,9 +1616,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1324,7 +1640,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1336,9 +1653,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1730,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1749,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1809,30 @@ msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada panel samping dari layar."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada "
+"panel samping dari layar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak terlalu dibutuhkan."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki "
+"tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak "
+"terlalu dibutuhkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani."
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi "
+"penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1842,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan "
+"instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali "
+"sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan "
+"atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. "
+"Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal "
+"teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1866,26 @@ msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> pada baris perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. "
+"Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba "
+"menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> "
+"pada baris perintah."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1901,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan pilihan lain seperlunya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian "
+"hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu "
+"dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</"
+"code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan "
+"pilihan lain seperlunya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1918,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan "
+"RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa "
+"menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM "
+"yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1937,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1946,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Update"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa "
+"paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +1976,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan "
+"menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin "
+"melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +1991,73 @@ msgstr "Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua "
+"repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk "
+"instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan "
+"tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi dasar dari distribusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi "
+"dasar dari distribusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, "
+"misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan "
+"sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository "
+"ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, "
+"firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang "
+"dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket "
+"ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar "
+"hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "Instalasi Minimal"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar "
+"Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2081,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan <application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan "
+"<application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau "
+"lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan "
+"dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan "
+"Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2103,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2142,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada "
+"pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. "
+"Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2162,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona Waktu</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa "
+"mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Negara / Wilayah</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk "
+"memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1810,7 +2196,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara "
+"mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1825,9 +2213,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pengelolaan pengguna</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan "
+"direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2229,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan tugas-tugas tertentu."
+msgstr ""
+"Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang "
+"layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan "
+"tugas-tugas tertentu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - "
+"sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2263,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan "
+"tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2277,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, tablet, trackball, dsb."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, "
+"tablet, trackball, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver "
+"berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat "
+"Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,9 +2304,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Antarmuka grafis</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1914,10 +2316,11 @@ msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lebih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2339,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan "
+"dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan "
+"ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika "
+"Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur "
+"firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2365,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan "
+"internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi "
+"komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan "
+"parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2392,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tingkat Keamanan</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan (Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan "
+"(Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,14 +2413,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan "
+"para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan "
+"tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2016,31 +2436,38 @@ msgstr "Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan menginstall <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan "
+"menginstall <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Tingkat Keamanan"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2478,18 @@ msgstr "Anda bisa mengatur penyesuaian tingkat keamanan di sini."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus dipilih."
+msgstr ""
+"Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus "
+"dipilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di "
+"bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2516,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2531,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2547,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2578,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2607,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2637,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2668,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2683,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2715,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2735,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2782,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2829,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2866,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2875,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2974,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +2990,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3009,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis "
+"pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara "
+"yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara "
+"Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3030,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang sebenarnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, "
+"setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar "
+"pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang "
+"sebenarnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3045,23 @@ msgstr "Metode masukan"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan paket."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
+"input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna "
+"memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah "
+"metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. "
+"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input "
+"bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. "
+"Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa "
+"yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan "
+"paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3069,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi Komputer Anda\" -&gt; \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake sebagai root."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa "
+"mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi "
+"Komputer Anda\" -&gt; \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake "
+"sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3083,11 @@ msgstr "Install atau Upgrade"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3098,8 @@ msgstr "Install"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3112,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah satunya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah "
+"satunya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3123,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> "
+"saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda "
+"ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan "
+"ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan "
+"membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. "
+"Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer "
+"Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat "
+"komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan ini saat sedang menginstall."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari "
+"layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan "
+"ini saat sedang menginstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3176,60 @@ msgstr "Keyboard"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada "
+"yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, "
+"atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang "
+"mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih keyboard Anda di sana."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada "
+"<guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih "
+"keyboard Anda di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di daftar lengkap."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda "
+"akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya "
+"sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan "
+"melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di "
+"daftar lengkap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3237,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan "
+"melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan "
+"pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3253,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. <application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama "
+"instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, "
+"untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak "
+"bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk "
+"menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa."
+msgstr ""
+"Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih "
+"salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa "
+"tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka "
+"disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3306,186 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa "
+"dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. "
+"Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat Kendali Mageia  -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat "
+"Kendali Mageia  -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Pilih mouse"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse yang berbeda di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse "
+"yang berbeda di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan "
+"USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam tombol atau lebih."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> "
+"untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam "
+"tombol atau lebih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan "
+"tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan "
+"mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri "
+"dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan."
+msgstr ""
+"Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda "
+"tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan "
+"apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih "
+"secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana "
+"Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, "
+"atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3504,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain "
+"yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia "
+"baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai "
+"tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3525,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB (legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB "
+"(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman Ringkasan selama instalasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman "
+"Ringkasan selama instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,41 +3547,57 @@ msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda "
+"harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda "
+"mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang "
+"sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian "
+"pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat "
+"tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk "
+"memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+"akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah "
+"ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus "
+"menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan "
+"menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,48 +3608,56 @@ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> "
+"yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</"
+"guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer "
+"dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Pengaturan SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama "
+"mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan "
+"menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana yang Anda miliki pada Drakx."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana "
+"yang Anda miliki pada Drakx."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3669,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX lalu akan bisa mengkonfigurasi perangkat yang tepat."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3685,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara "
+"Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3697,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</guilabel> di kanan atas layar."
+msgstr ""
+"Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi "
+"Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan "
+"alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</"
+"guilabel> di kanan atas layar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi masalah."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik "
+"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</"
+"guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi "
+"masalah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3727,55 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, "
+"berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, "
+"tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik <guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan "
+"Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk tersebut."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin "
+"menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk "
+"tersebut."
diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po
index a7d9916b..9b0814a7 100644
--- a/docs/installer/nl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/nl.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # HanMi, 2014
 # Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/nl/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"nl/)\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: nl\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u <application>Mageia</application> installeert."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u "
+"<application>Mageia</application> installeert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt gaan."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt "
+"gaan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor "
+"uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt "
+"zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er "
+"nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "nl"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen beschikbaar zullen zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere "
+"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze "
+"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen "
+"beschikbaar zullen zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door "
+"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die "
+"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL "
+"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root)  instellen:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het <emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te sluiten."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een "
+"superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het "
+"<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in "
+"het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in "
+"groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen "
+"schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in "
+"het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te "
+"sluiten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers en andere tekens."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het "
+"beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers "
+"en andere tekens."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +230,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de "
+"superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, "
+"kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een "
+"normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de gebruiker in."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de "
+"gebruiker in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de "
+"gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde "
+"volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +270,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. "
+"Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het "
+"wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord "
+"in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen schrijven)."
+msgstr ""
+"Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de "
+"homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen "
+"schrijven)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +301,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in <emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is."
+msgstr ""
+"Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> "
+"toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan "
+"worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en "
+"de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,7 +322,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies <emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle "
+"extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - "
+"Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies "
+"<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -284,7 +344,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren."
+msgstr ""
+"Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een "
+"scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd "
+"wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +355,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten."
+msgstr ""
+"Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount "
+"opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn "
+"belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +366,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een "
+"gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt "
+"op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone "
+"gebruiker."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell "
+"veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd "
+"wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +389,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de "
+"gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat "
+"dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook "
+"een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg, "
+"tenzij u weet wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +438,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het "
+"niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</"
+"application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root) partitie heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", \"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", "
+"\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer"
+"\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en <literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen "
+"van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, "
+"bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films "
+"wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor nodig hebt."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor "
+"nodig hebt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +502,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op <guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie staat."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en "
+"kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het "
+"scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op "
+"<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie "
+"staat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt "
+"formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +528,11 @@ msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om uw keuze te verfijnen."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om "
+"uw keuze te verfijnen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +540,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken."
+msgstr ""
+"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie "
+"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die "
+"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +564,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De <application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</"
+"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set "
+"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</"
+"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets "
+"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De "
+"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, "
+"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan "
+"de twee eerder genoemde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +596,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen beweegt."
+msgstr ""
+"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem "
+"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, "
+"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen "
+"beweegt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +622,92 @@ msgstr "Grafische omgeving."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig pakketten toe te voegen."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig "
+"pakketten toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een minimale installatie te doen."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een "
+"minimale installatie te doen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Softwarebeheer"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan uw wensen aan te passen."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan "
+"uw wensen aan te passen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de <guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te laden."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de "
+"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een "
+"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om "
+"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de "
+"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te "
+"laden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configureer uw diensten"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem opstart."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem "
+"opstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te "
+"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +719,9 @@ msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak beneden."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak "
+"beneden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +733,45 @@ msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in dezelfde tijdzone bevindt."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in "
+"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te "
+"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze "
+"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +781,31 @@ msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw "
+"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft "
+"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +828,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet "
+"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u "
+"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +839,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire mogelijkheden biedt."
+msgstr ""
+"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor "
+"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart "
+"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire "
+"mogelijkheden biedt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang tot de opdrachtregel-interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang "
+"tot de opdrachtregel-interface."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +860,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant."
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's "
+"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in "
+"sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia voor het eerst start."
+msgstr ""
+"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze "
+"uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia "
+"voor het eerst start."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +899,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van <acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt dat de keuze verkeerd is."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze "
+"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een "
+"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, "
+"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische "
+"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt "
+"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt "
+"dat de keuze verkeerd is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw kaart uit de lijst."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw "
+"kaart uit de lijst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +932,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van "
+"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders "
+"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</"
+"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de "
+"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +949,9 @@ msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste "
+"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +959,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt "
+"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen "
+"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling "
+"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard "
+"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt "
+"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw "
+"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u "
+"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +993,9 @@ msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe gewoonlijk correct identificeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe "
+"gewoonlijk correct identificeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1004,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw "
+"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u "
+"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1029,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele beeld wordt ververst."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en "
+"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de "
+"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele "
+"beeld wordt ververst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1045,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt "
+"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw "
+"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees "
+"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1061,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die "
+"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1075,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, "
+"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1098,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend te zijn met uw keuze."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, "
+"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte "
+"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om "
+"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw "
+"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend "
+"te zijn met uw keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1118,64 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u uw systeem niet opstarten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u "
+"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u "
+"uw systeem niet opstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt "
+"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een "
+"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" als er drie zijn."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals "
+"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" "
+"als er drie zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het "
+"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte aan of verwijder haar."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar "
+"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte "
+"aan of verwijder haar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1198,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de "
+"ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af "
+"van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1231,9 @@ msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities "
+"gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1243,11 @@ msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe "
+"Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1257,11 @@ msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te gebruiken."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te "
+"gebruiken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1269,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia "
+"installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u "
+"van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1283,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat "
+"niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt "
+"dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt "
+"werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat "
+"alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt "
+"staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van "
+"uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1305,9 @@ msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf gewist worden.  Wees voorzichtig!"
+msgstr ""
+"Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf "
+"gewist worden.  Wees voorzichtig!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1315,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt verliezen."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor "
+"iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt "
+"verliezen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1328,11 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op uw harde schijf of schijven."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op "
+"uw harde schijf of schijven."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1341,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, "
+"in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare "
+"hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt "
+"wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een "
+"erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, "
+"bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld "
+"gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1367,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even aantal megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even "
+"aantal megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1409,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die u tijdens het installeren maakt."
+msgstr ""
+"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken "
+"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die "
+"u tijdens het installeren maakt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1426,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact "
+"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te "
+"verbeteren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gefeliciteerd"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium verwijderen en uw computer herstarten."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</"
+"application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium "
+"verwijderen en uw computer herstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de "
+"besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt "
+"Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1515,53 @@ msgstr "Veel plezier!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatteren"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op "
+"partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, geformatteerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, "
+"geformatteerd worden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u "
+"wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1570,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op "
+"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste "
+"Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</"
+"guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in "
+"de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van uw keus."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van "
+"uw keus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1597,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een ervaren gebruiker bent."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk "
+"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een "
+"ervaren gebruiker bent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u nodig heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets "
+"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u "
+"nodig heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1294,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,19 +1646,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in te stellen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in "
+"te stellen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken"
+msgstr ""
+"De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal "
+"voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,9 +1675,9 @@ msgstr "Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1692,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1752,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1771,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1786,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1807,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1819,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1831,30 @@ msgstr "De Installatiestappen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van "
+"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label \"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder gebruikelijke opties."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label "
+"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder "
+"gebruikelijke opties."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap."
+msgstr ""
+"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer "
+"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1864,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1888,25 @@ msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Geen grafische interface"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren "
+"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere "
+"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1922,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn "
+"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van "
+"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</"
+"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met "
+"beide vorige gecombineerd worden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1939,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare "
+"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door "
+"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste "
+"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan "
+"RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1959,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1968,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Updates"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, "
+"kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +1998,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies <guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met internet verbonden bent."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies "
+"<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met "
+"internet verbonden bent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2013,73 @@ msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze in de volgende stappen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn "
+"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. "
+"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze "
+"in de volgende stappen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze bevat de basis van de distributie."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze "
+"bevat de basis van de distributie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling "
+"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-"
+"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat "
+"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, "
+"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. af te spelen."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven "
+"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze "
+"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in "
+"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse "
+"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. "
+"af te spelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2090,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale installatie"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het "
+"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2104,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</"
+"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of "
+"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met "
+"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal "
+"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2126,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2165,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk "
+"van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de "
+"instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op "
+"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2185,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2201,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat "
+"u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,13 +2213,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1825,9 +2236,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</literal> mappen krijgen."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</"
+"literal> mappen krijgen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2252,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Diensten</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien (daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren."
+msgstr ""
+"Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien "
+"(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat uw computer goed werkt."
+msgstr ""
+"Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat "
+"uw computer goed werkt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2285,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het "
+"toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen "
+"werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2300,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals trackballs and touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals "
+"trackballs and touchpads."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2312,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het standaardstuurprogramma is."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. "
+"De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er "
+"meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het "
+"standaardstuurprogramma is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2328,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2363,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet "
+"ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire "
+"stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te "
+"stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2389,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij een proxy service gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het "
+"verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij "
+"een proxy service gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier moet invullen."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier "
+"moet invullen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2416,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen "
+"is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,14 +2437,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen."
+msgstr ""
+"Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de "
+"boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie "
+"hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2016,31 +2460,38 @@ msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie"
+msgstr ""
+"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie.  Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie.  Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2502,19 @@ msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen moet."
+msgstr ""
+"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen "
+"moet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC)."
+msgstr ""
+"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in "
+"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2541,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2556,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2572,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "dvd"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2603,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2632,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2662,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2708,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2730,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2740,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2760,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2807,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2891,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2900,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2999,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3015,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selecteer uw land"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3034,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de "
+"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land "
+"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</"
+"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3055,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze volgen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan "
+"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van "
+"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze "
+"volgen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3070,23 @@ msgstr "Invoermethode"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een "
+"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen "
+"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). "
+"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India "
+"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor "
+"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te "
+"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben "
+"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP "
+"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3094,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via \"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of terminal localedrake als root te starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt "
+"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via "
+"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of "
+"terminal localedrake als root te starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3108,11 @@ msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2690,7 +3136,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw "
+"systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3146,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</literal> partitie bewaart."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog "
+"ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma "
+"werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt "
+"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan "
+"is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie bewaart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het \"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het "
+"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door "
+"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. "
+"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3201,60 @@ msgstr "Toetsenbord"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als "
+"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet "
+"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die "
+"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label "
+"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier "
+"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer uw toetsenbord daar."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer "
+"uw toetsenbord daar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, "
+"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof "
+"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een "
+"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling "
+"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3262,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, "
+"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen "
+"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3278,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te "
+"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken "
+"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw "
+"computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra talen toe te voegen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor "
+"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om "
+"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra "
+"talen toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ."
+msgstr ""
+"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal "
+"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het "
+"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring later tijdens de installatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring "
+"later tijdens de installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3332,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde talen."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. "
+"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij "
+"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude "
+"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde "
+"talen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -&gt; Regionaal -&gt; Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere "
+"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -&gt; "
+"Regionaal -&gt; Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Muiskeuze"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere kiezen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere "
+"kiezen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB muis</guilabel> een goede keuze."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB "
+"muis</guilabel> een goede keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes of meer knoppen."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</"
+"guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes "
+"of meer knoppen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het <emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een "
+"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het "
+"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de "
+"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de standaard ingang wordt."
+msgstr ""
+"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam "
+"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de "
+"standaard ingang wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal hernoemen."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal "
+"hernoemen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze "
+"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet."
+msgstr ""
+"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer "
+"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze hier veranderen."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze "
+"hier veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren."
+msgstr ""
+"Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval "
+"moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, "
+"of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3536,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen."
+msgstr ""
+"Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen "
+"heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als "
+"opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3556,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB opstartlader gebruikt wordt."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB "
+"legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB "
+"opstartlader gebruikt wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is."
+msgstr ""
+"De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die "
+"tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3579,25 @@ msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de "
+"installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de "
+"Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u "
+"de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U "
+"moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, "
+"bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3608,27 @@ msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug naar het installatiescherm."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren "
+"waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug "
+"naar het installatiescherm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem."
+msgstr ""
+"De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te "
+"voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is "
+"het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te "
+"gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de "
+"documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,48 +3639,55 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie "
+"met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> "
+"en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</"
+"guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Harde schijf detectie"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de benodigde drivers te installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij "
+"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de "
+"benodigde drivers te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3699,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Geluidsconfiguratie"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3715,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw "
+"geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3727,23 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven in het scherm."
+msgstr ""
+"Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de "
+"installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of "
+"start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</"
+"guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven "
+"in het scherm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op <guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op "
+"<guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</"
+"guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3756,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> "
+"klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere "
+"stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op <guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op "
+"<guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt wissen."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke "
+"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt "
+"wissen."
diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po
index abcec836..1ac2d94c 100644
--- a/docs/installer/pl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/pl.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013
 # mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -9,15 +9,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"pl/)\n"
+"Language: pl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: pl\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 "
+"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -27,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać "
+"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed "
+"kontynuacją instalacji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij "
+"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za "
+"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne "
+"uruchomienie komputera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "pl"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków."
+msgstr ""
+"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki "
+"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł "
+"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas "
+"następnych kroków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -118,7 +138,9 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
-msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało "
+"ustanowione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
@@ -128,38 +150,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do "
+"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted "
+"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub "
+"swój własny mirror np. NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,8 +195,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -204,22 +228,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego "
+"pola tekstowego"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - "
+"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator "
+"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter "
+"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +258,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w "
+"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w "
+"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli "
+"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla "
+"danego użytkownika)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -321,8 +360,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -330,27 +369,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -370,8 +409,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -384,12 +423,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -410,9 +449,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -423,8 +462,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -440,7 +479,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -459,14 +500,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -502,8 +544,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -511,30 +553,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -542,28 +584,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguracja usług"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -588,28 +632,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w "
+"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -627,10 +676,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -690,30 +742,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta."
+msgstr ""
+"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki "
+"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w "
+"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie "
+"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym "
+"uruchomieniu komputera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,11 +781,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -734,7 +793,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją "
+"kartę graficzną z listy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -764,11 +825,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -802,10 +863,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,9 +880,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -873,10 +937,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -887,39 +951,41 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -962,9 +1028,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -986,8 +1054,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -998,8 +1066,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1052,8 +1120,8 @@ msgstr "Własne"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1063,8 +1131,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1099,8 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1123,8 +1190,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1137,24 +1204,24 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1162,31 +1229,37 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulacje"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została "
+"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić "
+"komputer ponownie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1206,31 +1279,39 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - "
+"odwiedź www.mageia.org"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatowanie"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na "
+"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną "
+"zachowane."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1256,8 +1337,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1271,14 +1352,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. "
+msgstr ""
+"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-"
+"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub "
+"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz."
+msgstr ""
+"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona "
+"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego "
+"potrzebujesz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,9 +1385,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1409,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1422,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1439,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1499,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1518,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1533,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1554,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1566,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1578,31 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po "
+"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk "
+"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej "
+"używanych opcji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji."
+msgstr ""
+"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który "
+"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu "
+"instalacji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1612,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje "
+"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie "
+"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła "
+"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak "
+"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, "
+"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz "
+"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego "
+"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie "
+"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1636,25 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się "
+"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj "
+"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1670,11 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z "
+"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać "
+"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być "
+"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,9 +1686,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza "
+"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz "
+"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej "
+"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1590,9 +1705,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1714,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualizacje"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione."
+msgstr ""
+"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została "
+"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1744,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem"
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, "
+"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli "
+"nie masz połączenia z Internetem"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,55 +1759,72 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są "
+"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór "
+"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w "
+"następnych krokach."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ "
+"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, "
+"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do "
+"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium "
+"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, "
+"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych "
+"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium "
+"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. "
+"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt "
+"DVD, itp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1701,8 +1835,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1727,34 +1861,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1779,8 +1916,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1824,8 +1961,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1889,8 +2026,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,8 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1913,10 +2049,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1960,8 +2097,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1977,8 +2114,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2020,10 +2157,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2031,15 +2167,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2084,8 +2223,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2238,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2254,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2285,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2314,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2344,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2365,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2390,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2412,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2422,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2442,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2489,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2536,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2573,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2582,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2681,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2697,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2616,8 +2721,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2638,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2663,9 +2768,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2697,30 +2804,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2738,35 +2845,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2790,38 +2898,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno "
+"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie "
+"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</"
+"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków."
+msgstr ""
+"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw "
+"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on "
+"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz "
+"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej "
+"klawiatury."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2829,31 +2951,38 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to "
+"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie "
+"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich "
+"zainstalowanych języków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
+msgstr ""
+"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą "
+"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Wybierz mysz"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2865,8 +2994,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2877,56 +3006,73 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,31 +3083,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3015,16 +3161,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3037,8 +3183,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3046,8 +3192,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3060,9 +3206,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3070,29 +3216,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3113,13 +3258,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3290,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3319,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3344,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
index 888dcdd4..3d1b2ac5 100644
--- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
+++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 01:20+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/"
+"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,12 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +44,38 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os "
+"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</"
+"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, "
+"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. "
+"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "pt_BR"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode "
+"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A "
+"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção "
+"durante os próximos passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando "
+"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, "
+"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você "
+"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento "
+"NFS de instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as."
+msgstr ""
+"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> "
+"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a "
+"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma "
+"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para "
+"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que "
+"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na "
+"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver "
+"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas "
+"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e "
+"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +230,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o "
+"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar "
+"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o "
+"usuário médio faz com o seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone "
+"de usuários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de "
+"texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"."
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do "
+"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de "
+"login é \"case sensitive\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +271,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha "
+"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força "
+"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa "
+"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das "
+"caixas de texto de senha do usuário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo "
+"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +302,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos."
+msgstr ""
+"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário "
+"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </"
+"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-"
+"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a "
+"reinicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,12 +323,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer "
+"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - "
+"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador "
+"de Usuário </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar."
+msgstr ""
+"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -284,7 +346,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma "
+"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está "
+"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de "
+"convidado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +358,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> "
+"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos "
+"importantes em um pendrive USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +370,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou "
+"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um "
+"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os "
+"usuários normais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +382,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o "
+"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as "
+"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +393,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário "
+"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. "
+"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do "
+"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em "
+"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +442,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se "
+"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você "
+"pode alterar os pontos de montagem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", "
+"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido"
+"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem "
+"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo "
+"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</"
+"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> "
+"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco."
+msgstr ""
+"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do "
+"ponto de montagem em branco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +507,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do "
+"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do "
+"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em "
+"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) "
+"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +532,11 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais "
+"para ajustar as suas escolhas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +544,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides "
+"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser "
+"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +568,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</"
+"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto "
+"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</"
+"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do "
+"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O "
+"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, "
+"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +599,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles."
+msgstr ""
+"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você "
+"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante "
+"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um "
+"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o "
+"mouse é passado sobre eles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +626,91 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou "
+"remover pacotes manualmente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para "
+"personalizar a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do "
+"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a "
+"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então "
+"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, "
+"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você "
+"inicializar seu sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e "
+"ver todos os serviços nele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,48 +722,61 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas "
+"na caixa de informações abaixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você "
+"no mesmo fuso horário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local "
+"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-"
+"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/"
+"GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +786,31 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente "
+"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe "
+"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +833,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque "
+"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar "
+"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +844,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos."
+msgstr ""
+"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de "
+"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua "
+"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando."
+msgstr ""
+"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode "
+"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +864,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para "
+"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns "
+"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. "
+"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os "
+"seus primeiros reiniciam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +903,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de "
+"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de "
+"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico "
+"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam "
+"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o "
+"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que "
+"a escolha é incorreta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua "
+"placa da lista, se necessário.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +937,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor "
+"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou "
+"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se "
+"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e "
+"vertical do seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +955,9 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a "
+"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +965,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>."
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem "
+"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar "
+"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se "
+"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as "
+"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a "
+"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. "
+"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais "
+"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por "
+"ativar ou desativar várias opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente "
+"identificará corretamente o seu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1010,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode "
+"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem "
+"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, "
+"consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1036,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de "
+"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização "
+"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização "
+"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1052,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de "
+"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu "
+"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma "
+"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1068,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados."
+msgstr ""
+"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1081,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe "
+"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1104,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é "
+"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o "
+"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado "
+"automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas "
+"seleções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1124,64 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> "
+"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar "
+"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu "
+"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento "
+"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três "
+"deles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições "
+"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la."
+msgstr ""
+"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em "
+"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de "
+"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1204,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as "
+"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde "
+"instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do "
+"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1237,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com "
+"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá "
+"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1263,11 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o "
+"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1275,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da "
+"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de "
+"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1289,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais."
+msgstr ""
+"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A "
+"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado "
+"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido "
+"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos "
+"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É "
+"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1310,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. "
+"Tenha cuidado!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1320,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já "
+"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta "
+"opção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1333,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) "
+"rígido(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1346,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao "
+"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de "
+"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi "
+"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um "
+"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos "
+"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento "
+"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1372,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um "
+"número par de megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Fevereiro 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1414,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As "
+"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz "
+"durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1431,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
+"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Parabéns"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e "
+"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de "
+"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador "
+"(se você tiver mais de um)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua "
+"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1519,55 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para "
+"a Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatação"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer "
+"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão "
+"salvos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser "
+"formatadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que "
+"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1576,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</"
+"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à "
+"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas "
+"partições."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1603,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia "
+"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando "
+"possível."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar."
+msgstr ""
+"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o "
+"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,10 +1635,11 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,19 +1650,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:"
+msgstr ""
+"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências "
+"pessoais:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua "
+"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,15 +1679,20 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/"
+"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de "
+"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> "
+"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1353,8 +1701,10 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1367,7 +1717,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando "
+"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha "
+"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro "
+"entradas:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1379,28 +1733,36 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em "
+"detrimento de performances."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de "
+"energia não é levado em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu."
+msgstr ""
+"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), "
+"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão "
+"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1408,12 +1770,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas "
+"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</"
+"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1426,12 +1793,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas."
+msgstr ""
+"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um "
+"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione "
+"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1440,12 +1812,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione  <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+msgstr ""
+"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione  "
+"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista "
+"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de "
+"inicialização</guilabel> linha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1457,17 +1835,22 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em "
+"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos "
+"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em "
+"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1477,9 +1860,11 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1489,24 +1874,30 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser "
+"seguido no painel lateral da tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões "
+"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente "
+"necessárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém "
+"explicações sobre a etapa atual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1907,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a "
+"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de "
+"fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações "
+"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e "
+"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, "
+"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um "
+"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </"
+"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt "
+"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,25 +1931,32 @@ msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto "
+"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar "
+"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-"
+"texto)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. "
+"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar "
+"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você "
+"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto"
+"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1564,7 +1971,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema "
+"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware "
+"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle "
+"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser "
+"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1988,14 @@ msgstr "problema RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode "
+"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso "
+"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o "
+"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá "
+"especificar 256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,39 +2008,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para "
+"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível "
+"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a "
+"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Atualizações"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, "
+"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +2053,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-"
+"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, "
+"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2068,73 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os "
+"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você "
+"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais "
+"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez "
+"que ele contém a base da distribuição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são "
+"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software "
+"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório "
+"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware "
+"de vários cartões WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob "
+"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é "
+"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns "
+"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários "
+"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo "
+"comercial, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na "
+"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2159,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente "
+"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de "
+"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, "
+"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá "
+"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a "
+"documentação e o X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2182,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2221,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, "
+"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo "
+"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você "
+"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2241,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma "
+"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2258,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a "
+"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,18 +2270,21 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1825,9 +2294,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus "
+"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2310,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no "
+"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar "
+"certas tarefas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um "
+"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2344,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender "
+"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, "
+"tablets, trackballs, etc"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2370,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar "
+"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, "
+"mas nenhum deles é o padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2385,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2422,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias "
+"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os "
+"repositórios de mídia Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu "
+"firewall para ver aquela interface também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2448,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a "
+"Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um "
+"serviço proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os "
+"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2475,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos "
+"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,50 +2496,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles."
+msgstr ""
+"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os "
+"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas "
+"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado."
+msgstr ""
+"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionar  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionar  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partição"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar "
+"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nível de Segurança"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2562,17 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher."
+msgstr ""
+"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de "
+"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2080,14 +2594,19 @@ msgstr "definição"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO é copiado."
+msgstr ""
+"Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou "
+"atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO "
+"é copiado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aqui</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2100,14 +2619,12 @@ msgstr "Classical installation media"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "características comuns"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2635,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2666,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Desktop XFCE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, "
+"ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contém software non free."
@@ -2186,31 +2697,32 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Mídia Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um "
+"disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas ​​para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações "
+"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas ​​para atualizar a partir de versões "
+"anteriores.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contém software non free."
@@ -2220,21 +2732,18 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "32 bits apenas."
@@ -2244,8 +2753,7 @@ msgstr "32 bits apenas."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas."
@@ -2255,8 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente."
@@ -2271,23 +2778,21 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Boot-somente, mídia CDs"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2800,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2810,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2830,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2877,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2924,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2961,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2970,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +3069,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3085,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selecione seu país / região"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3104,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de "
+"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país "
+"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</"
+"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3125,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, "
+"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma "
+"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua "
+"escolha real."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3140,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um "
+"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem "
+"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é "
+"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/"
+"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será "
+"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem "
+"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) "
+"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou "
+"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3164,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, "
+"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando "
+"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake "
+"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3178,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3193,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>.  ."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</"
+"application>.  ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3208,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em "
+"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a "
+"versão mais recente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3219,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda "
+"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi "
+"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já "
+"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor "
+"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</"
+"literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível "
+"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que "
+"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, "
+"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito "
+"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito "
+"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as "
+"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, "
+"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para "
+"reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você "
+"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de "
+"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3274,59 @@ msgstr "Teclado"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado "
+"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. "
+"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas "
+"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. "
+"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também "
+"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do "
+"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode "
+"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você "
+"escolheu da lista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma "
+"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os "
+"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3350,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o "
+"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa "
+"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, "
+"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão "
+"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser "
+"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um "
+"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será "
+"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é "
+"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3403,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela "
+"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A "
+"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selecione o mouse"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode "
+"selecionar um diferente aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 "
+"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> "
+"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais "
+"botões."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, "
+"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do "
+"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo "
+"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la "
+"completamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha "
+"durante a inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não "
+"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização "
+"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo "
+"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você "
+"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de "
+"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3603,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) "
+"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já "
+"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los "
+"ao seu novo menu de inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização "
+"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3624,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, "
+"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos "
+"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 "
+"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3647,26 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você "
+"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e "
+"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de "
+"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do "
+"Gerenciador de Inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir "
+"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante "
+"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3677,28 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está.  Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar "
+"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está.  Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de "
+"volta para a tela do instalador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão."
+msgstr ""
+"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de "
+"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na "
+"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de "
+"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-"
+"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em "
+"questão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,66 +3709,78 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</"
+"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a "
+"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre "
+"adicional."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não "
+"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de "
+"instalar os drivers necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem."
+msgstr ""
+"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o "
+"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração de Som"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3788,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som "
+"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3800,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela."
+msgstr ""
+"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a "
+"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de "
+"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar "
+"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da "
+"tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de "
+"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como "
+"resolver o problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3831,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é "
+"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers "
+"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no "
+"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua "
+"escolha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar "
+"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco "
+"rígido."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po
index a062d8bb..dec2f945 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ro.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ro.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
@@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 15:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n"
-"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ro/)\n"
+"Language: ro\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ro\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
+"2:1));\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -30,9 +32,11 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -42,31 +46,39 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți "
+"cu atenție contractul de licență."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</"
+"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o "
+"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va "
+"reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -78,7 +90,9 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -91,27 +105,32 @@ msgstr "ro"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți "
+"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. "
+"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat în etapele următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -131,38 +150,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). "
+"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele "
+"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL "
+"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -174,20 +195,30 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă "
+"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca "
+"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în "
+"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în "
+"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va "
+"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele "
+"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să "
+"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și "
+"caractere speciale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -200,29 +231,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său."
+msgstr ""
+"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține "
+"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga "
+"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva "
+"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba "
+"pictograma utilizatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al "
+"utilizatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului "
+"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al "
+"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la "
+"majuscule.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -230,22 +273,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul "
+"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului "
+"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)."
+msgstr ""
+"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor "
+"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă "
+"protejat la scriere)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -253,14 +304,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere."
+msgstr ""
+"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - "
+"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal "
+"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este "
+"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe "
+"cei adevărați după repornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -268,7 +325,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, "
+"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa "
+"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare "
+"utilizatori</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -286,7 +347,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un "
+"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care "
+"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -294,7 +358,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi "
+"șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele "
+"importante pe o cheie USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -302,7 +370,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau "
+"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se "
+"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai "
+"restrînse decît un utilizator normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -310,7 +382,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să "
+"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, "
+"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -318,42 +393,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul "
+"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți "
+"despre ce este vorba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot "
+"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu "
+"știți despre ce este vorba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -361,46 +442,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. "
+"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</"
+"literal> (rădăcină)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, "
+"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)."
+msgstr ""
+"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului "
+"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite "
+"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de "
+"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți "
+"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/"
+"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți "
+"nevoie să le accesați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -408,15 +506,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și "
+"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În "
+"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și "
+"mărimea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile "
+"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -426,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru "
+"a vă afina alegerea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -436,14 +543,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării "
+"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul "
+"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -455,21 +567,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe  <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</"
+"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție "
+"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe  <guilabel>Personalizat</"
+"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau "
+"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii "
+"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît "
+"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete "
+"instalate implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -478,7 +599,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul."
+msgstr ""
+"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce "
+"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, "
+"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt "
+"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -500,74 +625,91 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a "
+"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile "
+"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza "
+"instalarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu "
+"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele "
+"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă "
+"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același "
+"buton și alegeți să o încărcați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurați serviciile"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea "
+"sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l "
+"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -579,48 +721,60 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în "
+"infobula de dedesubt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configurați fusul orar"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus "
+"orar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe "
+"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, "
+"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -630,24 +784,31 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. "
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va "
+"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model "
+"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -670,7 +831,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de "
+"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot "
+"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -678,14 +842,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază."
+msgstr ""
+"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți "
+"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot "
+"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul "
+"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la "
+"interfața în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -693,30 +863,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului."
+msgstr ""
+"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt "
+"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt "
+"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. "
+"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima "
+"repornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -725,19 +902,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru "
+"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe "
+"o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau "
+"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că "
+"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că "
+"alegarea este incorectă. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa "
+"grafică din listă dacă este necesar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -747,7 +935,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista "
+"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</"
+"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să "
+"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale "
+"monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -759,7 +953,9 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici "
+"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -767,19 +963,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare "
+"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii "
+"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii "
+"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă "
+"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea "
+"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este "
+"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și "
+"dezactiva diverse opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -791,7 +996,9 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în "
+"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -800,15 +1007,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge "
+"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce "
+"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -819,10 +1032,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar "
+"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -831,7 +1048,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați "
+"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă "
+"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația "
+"monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -843,7 +1064,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului "
+"din baza de date cu monitoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -855,7 +1078,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți "
+"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în "
+"ordine:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -876,11 +1102,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații "
+"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele "
+"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de "
+"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> "
+"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se "
+"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -890,47 +1122,63 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă "
+"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați "
+"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai "
+"putea demara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura "
+"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea "
+"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv "
+"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge "
+"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. "
+"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, "
+"redimensiona sau chiar șterge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -953,21 +1201,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de "
+"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor."
+msgstr ""
+"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de "
+"partiționare și conținutul discurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -979,7 +1234,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente "
+"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -989,9 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va "
+"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1001,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul "
+"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1011,7 +1272,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!"
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua "
+"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine "
+"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1022,7 +1286,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. "
+"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima "
+"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și "
+"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele "
+"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. "
+"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1037,7 +1307,9 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!"
+msgstr ""
+"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți "
+"grijă!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1045,7 +1317,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți "
+"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați "
+"această opțiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1055,9 +1330,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile "
+"dure."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1066,10 +1343,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:"
+msgstr ""
+"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul "
+"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel "
+"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată "
+"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de "
+"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l "
+"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum "
+"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1085,7 +1369,9 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți."
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de "
+"megaocteți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1102,8 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februarie 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1126,10 +1411,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție "
+"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul "
+"instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1140,64 +1428,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
+"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Felicitări"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și reporni calculatorul."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și "
+"reporni calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre "
+"sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va "
+"fi selectată și pornită automat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1209,31 +1517,38 @@ msgstr "Profitați!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți "
+"la Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatare în curs"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe "
+"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1245,7 +1560,9 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care "
+"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1254,14 +1571,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și "
+"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul "
+"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton> pentru a continua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1274,14 +1597,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor."
+msgstr ""
+"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul "
+"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît "
+"se poate de ușor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie."
+msgstr ""
+"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea "
+"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1296,15 +1624,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:"
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1322,31 +1652,41 @@ msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:"
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru sistem) apăsînd tasta F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru "
+"sistem) apăsînd tasta F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: <guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se "
+"utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: "
+"<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> "
+"și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1355,8 +1695,10 @@ msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1369,7 +1711,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru intrări:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou "
+"utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie "
+"nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru "
+"intrări:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1381,28 +1727,37 @@ msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în detrimentul performanțelor. "
+msgstr ""
+"- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în "
+"detrimentul performanțelor. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea energiei nu este luată în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea "
+"energiei nu este luată în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă sînteți întrebat."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este "
+"vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă "
+"sînteți întrebat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite "
+"afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1410,12 +1765,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă acestea sînt luate în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu "
+"tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă "
+"acestea sînt luate în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1428,12 +1788,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de întîmpinare."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni "
+"disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea "
+"mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
+"întîmpinare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,12 +1808,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați <guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați "
+"<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la "
+"lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia "
+"<guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1459,17 +1831,22 @@ msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+msgstr ""
+"Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de "
+"instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe "
+"ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare "
+"prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1479,9 +1856,11 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1491,24 +1870,30 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot "
+"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor "
+"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei "
+"mai puțin necesare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală."
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai "
+"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1518,10 +1903,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, "
+"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu "
+"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că "
+"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1533,25 +1926,32 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Fără interfață grafică"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter."
+msgstr ""
+"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru "
+"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să "
+"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie "
+"posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru "
+"aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. "
+"Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. "
+"Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod "
+"text."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1566,7 +1966,13 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate "
+"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz "
+"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai "
+"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la "
+"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte "
+"opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1578,9 +1984,13 @@ msgstr "Problemă de memorie"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea "
+"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica "
+"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea "
+"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1593,39 +2003,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul „dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul "
+"„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea "
+"instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, "
+"consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualizări"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite."
+msgstr ""
+"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1633,7 +2048,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le "
+"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest "
+"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1645,55 +2063,72 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt "
+"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. "
+"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține "
+"baza distribuției."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care "
+"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de "
+"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest "
+"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și "
+"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o "
+"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest "
+"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de "
+"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere "
+"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1704,9 +2139,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția "
+"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1715,14 +2152,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze "
+"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau "
+"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune "
+"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva "
+"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1730,34 +2174,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1766,7 +2213,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție "
+"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. "
+"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd "
+"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1782,9 +2233,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl "
+"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1796,7 +2250,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara "
+"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1806,7 +2262,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
@@ -1817,7 +2274,8 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1827,9 +2285,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său "
+"director <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1841,19 +2301,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal "
+"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite "
+"sarcini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală "
+"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1870,7 +2336,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de "
+"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1882,7 +2350,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum "
+"tablete, trackball-uri, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1892,10 +2362,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a "
+"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți "
+"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1904,22 +2377,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/"
+">."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1938,14 +2414,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non "
+"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul "
+"de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele "
+"mediilor Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să "
+"supravegheze și acea interfață."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1958,14 +2440,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. "
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un "
+"serviciu de proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a "
+"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1980,14 +2467,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în "
+"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită "
+"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare."
+msgstr ""
+"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -1999,50 +2490,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura."
+msgstr ""
+"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și "
+"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor "
+"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru "
+"a instala <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivel de securitate"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2060,7 +2563,10 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de "
+"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2082,14 +2588,19 @@ msgstr "Definiție"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde poate fi copiat fișierul ISO."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau "
+"actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde "
+"poate fi copiat fișierul ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2102,83 +2613,83 @@ msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Caracteristici comune"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Acestea utilizează instalatorul tradițional intitulat drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă."
+msgstr ""
+"Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la "
+"o versiune precedentă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială"
+msgstr ""
+"Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, "
+"Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține toate mediile de birou și limbile disponibile."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu aplicațiile proprietare."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu "
+"aplicațiile proprietare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută "
+"automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"DE VERIFICAT!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare."
@@ -2188,31 +2699,32 @@ msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Mediile Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur."
+msgstr ""
+"Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala "
+"și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "Conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a "
+"efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la "
+"versiunile precedente.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare."
@@ -2222,21 +2734,18 @@ msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "LiveCD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Doar limba engleză."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Doar 32 de biți."
@@ -2246,8 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "Doar 32 de biți."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "LiveCD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME."
@@ -2257,8 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "LiveDVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente."
@@ -2273,48 +2780,56 @@ msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "CD-uri numai pentru demarat"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul "
+"pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua "
+"și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un "
+"disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile "
+"pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un "
+"DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un "
+"calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile proprietare."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile "
+"proprietare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru persoanele care au nevoie."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru "
+"persoanele care au nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2329,29 +2844,42 @@ msgstr "Descărcare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau "
+"BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, "
+"precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă "
+"este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această fereastră:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului "
+"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost "
+"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din "
+"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați "
+"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, "
+"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această "
+"fereastră:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2376,30 +2904,38 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/"
+"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
 "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) "
+"cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2411,7 +2947,10 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO"
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara."
+msgstr ""
+"Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau "
+"copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop "
+"să producă medie de pe care se poate demara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2423,10 +2962,14 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați imaginea ISO pe un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că "
+"este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</"
+"emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai "
+"multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2438,7 +2981,9 @@ msgstr "Copiați imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” "
+"pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2446,12 +2991,16 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO."
+msgstr ""
+"„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice "
+"sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi "
+"pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -2461,92 +3010,96 @@ msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Deschideți o consolă"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de la final - )"
+msgstr ""
+"Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de "
+"la final - )"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau "
+"gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go."
+msgstr ""
+"Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de "
+"mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/"
+"user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat."
@@ -2571,7 +3124,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2581,32 +3136,38 @@ msgstr "Instalarea Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
+"doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2614,14 +3175,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri "
+"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. "
+"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza "
+"rețelele fără fir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte "
+"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2630,7 +3197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după "
+"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima "
+"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe "
+"care ați făcut-o."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2641,14 +3212,23 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de "
+"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie "
+"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este "
+"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/"
+"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi "
+"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai "
+"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, "
+"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat "
+"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2656,7 +3236,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -&gt; „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți "
+"accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -"
+"&gt; „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2666,9 +3249,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2679,7 +3264,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2692,7 +3279,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe "
+"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima "
+"versiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2700,31 +3290,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era "
+"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a "
+"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care "
+"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai "
+"bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul "
+"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem "
+"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să "
+"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți "
+"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a "
+"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> "
+"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2736,43 +3343,61 @@ msgstr "Tastatură"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a "
+"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură "
+"US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. "
+"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile "
+"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că "
+"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și "
+"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și "
+"selectați-o de acolo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</"
+"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea "
+"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți "
+"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura "
+"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2780,7 +3405,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de "
+"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între "
+"dispunerea latină și non-latină."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2793,38 +3421,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul "
+"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, "
+"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să "
+"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le "
+"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după "
+"instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv."
+msgstr ""
+"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din "
+"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea "
+"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este "
+"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2832,141 +3475,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi "
+"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii "
+"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor "
+"instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Gestionați localizarea sistemului."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Gestionați localizarea sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selectați mausul"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul "
+"aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și "
+"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</"
+"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu "
+"șase sau mai multe butoane."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe "
+"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de "
+"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în "
+"acel moment."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc."
+msgstr ""
+"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca "
+"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o "
+"puteți redenumi în întregime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici "
+"o alegere la pornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți."
+msgstr ""
+"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu "
+"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor "
+"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest "
+"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem "
+"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2985,14 +3675,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj."
+msgstr ""
+"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR "
+"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. "
+"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le "
+"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. "
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus "
+"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3000,14 +3696,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt "
+"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute "
+"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării."
+msgstr ""
+"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 "
+"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3018,41 +3719,60 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. "
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va "
+"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și "
+"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă "
+"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a "
+"încărcătorului de sistem. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie "
+"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția "
+"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de "
+"exemplu: sda7)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv."
+msgstr ""
+"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel "
+"dispozitiv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> "
+"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl"
+"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de "
+"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea "
+"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui "
+"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul "
+"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3063,48 +3783,56 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar "
+"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</"
+"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</"
+"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configurare SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor."
+msgstr ""
+"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai "
+"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin "
+"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce "
+"discuri SCSI aveți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3116,13 +3844,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare sunet"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3130,7 +3860,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru "
+"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3140,16 +3872,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă "
+"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</"
+"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), "
+"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic "
+"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a "
+"ecranului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați "
+"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> "
+"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3162,44 +3902,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. "
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul "
+"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva "
+"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de "
+"alegere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți "
+"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po
index 89a5ff31..d9df8130 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ru.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ru.po
@@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-12 23:50+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ru/)\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ru\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -29,8 +31,12 @@ msgstr "Условия лицензирования и заметки о вып�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,23 +45,41 @@ msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
-msgid "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями лицензирования."
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями "
+"лицензирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
-msgid "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
-msgstr "Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет невозможна."
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</"
+"application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет "
+"невозможна."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
-msgid "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, "
+"а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
-msgid "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем "
+"благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия "
+"кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -64,13 +88,15 @@ msgstr "Заметки о выпуске"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:75
-msgid "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2
-#: en/DrakX.xml:1
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
 #: en/media_selection.xml:1
 msgid "en"
 msgstr "ru"
@@ -78,27 +104,41 @@ msgstr "ru"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)"
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)"
 
-#. papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
-msgid "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The source selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps."
-msgstr "На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. "
+"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический "
+"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, "
+"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
-msgstr "Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
@@ -107,36 +147,48 @@ msgstr "Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
-msgid "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation."
-msgstr "Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему."
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора "
+"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются "
+"в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию "
+"пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С "
+"помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов "
+"или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора"
 
-#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
-#. screen), marja, 20120409
-#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
+#.        screen), marja, 20120409
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -145,13 +197,32 @@ msgstr "Восстановление пароля администратора (
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:38
-msgid "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок."
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует "
+"определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux "
+"обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет "
+"отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на "
+"зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует "
+"достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, "
+"расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
-msgid "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы."
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле "
+"смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -160,58 +231,120 @@ msgstr "Введите пользователя"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:59
-msgid "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером."
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
+"anything else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь "
+"имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно "
+"прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и "
+"любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
-msgid "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок пользователя."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"users icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
-msgid "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя пользователя."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
-msgid "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести "
+"регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx "
+"использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя "
+"пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
-msgid "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет "
+"отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
-msgid "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. "
+"DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным "
+"вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
-msgid "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не записывать в эти каталоги данные)."
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых "
+"будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не "
+"записывать в эти каталоги данные)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
-msgid "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и от записи."
+msgid ""
+"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
+"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
+"is both read and write protected."
+msgstr ""
+"Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи "
+"которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - "
+"Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и "
+"от записи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
-msgid "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и перезагрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
+"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного "
+"пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного "
+"пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и "
+"перезагрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
-msgid "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление пользователями </emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых "
+"будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих "
+"пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при "
+"установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление "
+"пользователями </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после завершения установки системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после "
+"завершения установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -220,97 +353,190 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные возможности управления
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:119
-msgid "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт."
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
+"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа "
+"откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры "
+"учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого "
+"диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
-msgid "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных."
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из "
+"системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении "
+"важных файлов на портативный носитель данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
-msgid "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
+"включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта "
+"сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь "
+"ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
-msgid "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося "
+"списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться "
+"для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
-msgid "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью "
+"предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, "
+"если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
-msgid "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, "
+"что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам "
+"неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#. 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
-msgid "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you can change the mount points."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования."
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем "
+"компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
-msgid "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> (root) partition."
-msgstr "В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно "
+"должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
-msgid "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: «Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)."
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: "
+"«Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
-msgid "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], \"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)."
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер "
+"жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
-msgid "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой версии (cauldron)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать "
+"для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете "
+"создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> "
+"раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-"
+"home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой "
+"версии (cauldron)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
-msgid "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount point field blank."
-msgstr "Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования."
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет "
+"осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
-msgid "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. "
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, "
+"которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы "
+"просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
-msgid "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить дополнительные действия."
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только "
+"форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить "
+"дополнительные действия."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -319,40 +545,80 @@ msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
-msgid "Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice."
-msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, "
+"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные "
+"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
-msgid "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить "
+"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
-msgid "Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or <application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The <application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ."
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> "
+"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные "
+"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены "
+"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного "
+"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> "
+"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит "
+"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
-msgid "Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке."
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. "
+"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить "
+"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши "
+"на пункт группы в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -371,57 +637,95 @@ msgstr "Графическая среда."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35
-msgid "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages."
-msgstr "Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления или удаления пакетов вручную."
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления "
+"или удаления пакетов вручную."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
-msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
-msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы."
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где "
+"изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
-msgid "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
-msgstr "С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью типового набора."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые "
+"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью "
+"типового набора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
-msgid "After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл."
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</"
+"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные "
+"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно "
+"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно "
+"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Настройка ваших служб"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
-msgid "Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут "
+"запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
-msgid "There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and see all services in it."
-msgstr "Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы."
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, "
+"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -430,40 +734,66 @@ msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настр
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:37
-msgid "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info box below."
-msgstr "После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о службе на панели под списком."
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о "
+"службе на панели под списком."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий."
+msgstr ""
+"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Настройка часового пояса"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
-msgid "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the same time zone."
-msgstr "Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был расположен в том же часовом поясе."
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или "
+"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был "
+"расположен в том же часовом поясе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
-msgid "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)."
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов "
+"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), "
+"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
-msgid "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/GMT)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что "
+"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/"
+"GMT)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -472,22 +802,36 @@ msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
-msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, "
+"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
-msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую "
+"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из "
+"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
 msgid "vendor"
 msgstr "разработчик"
 
@@ -503,76 +847,168 @@ msgstr "тип вашей карты"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
-msgid "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the Xorg category"
-msgstr "Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»."
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не "
+"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти "
+"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
-msgid "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео."
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых "
+"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти "
+"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот "
+"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
-msgid "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки."
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить "
+"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
-msgid "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт."
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) "
+"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью "
+"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
-msgid "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним "
+"доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора"
 
-#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
-msgid "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор является ошибочным."
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во "
+"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на "
+"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая "
+"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы "
+"сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять "
+"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</"
+"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор "
+"является ошибочным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, "
+"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или "
+"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> "
+"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по "
+"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
-msgstr "Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к повреждению монитора."
+msgstr ""
+"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к "
+"повреждению монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при "
+"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете "
+"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности "
+"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. "
+"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет "
+"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, "
+"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки "
+"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные "
+"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -581,18 +1017,36 @@ msgstr "Выбор монитора"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
-msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш монитор."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа "
+"может правильно определить ваш монитор."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к документации вашего монитора."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может "
+"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте "
+"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к "
+"документации вашего монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -601,13 +1055,30 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
-msgid "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are displayed."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой будут показаны линии изображения."
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических "
+"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты "
+"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется "
+"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой "
+"будут показаны линии изображения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
-msgid "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь с документацией к вашему монитору."
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности "
+"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. "
+"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь "
+"с документацией к вашему монитору."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -616,8 +1087,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
-msgid "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the monitor database."
-msgstr "Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по базе данных мониторов."
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по "
+"базе данных мониторов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -626,8 +1101,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
-msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам "
+"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического "
+"списка по следующим критериям:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -646,8 +1126,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
-msgid "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно."
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых "
+"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры "
+"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит "
+"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» "
+"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить "
+"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -656,43 +1147,81 @@ msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с по
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
-msgid "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной."
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться "
+"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на "
+"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, "
+"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
-msgid "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до внесения изменений."
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее "
+"помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на "
+"разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до "
+"внесения изменений."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
-msgid "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, если будет обнаружено три диска."
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в "
+"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, "
+"если будет обнаружено три диска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
-msgid "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на выбранном носителе данных были очищены."
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на "
+"выбранном носителе данных были очищены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
-msgid "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все разделы."
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область "
+"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его "
+"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все "
+"разделы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
-msgstr "Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не станет так, как вы хотите."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не "
+"станет так, как вы хотите."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:51
 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут завершены."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут "
+"завершены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
@@ -701,18 +1230,32 @@ msgstr "Разбиение на разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28
-msgid "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install <application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков "
+"компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX "
+"о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
-msgid "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации компьютера и содержимого дисков."
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации "
+"компьютера и содержимого дисков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -721,8 +1264,13 @@ msgstr "Использовать существующие разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
-msgid "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки системы."
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены "
+"совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки "
+"системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -731,8 +1279,12 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
-msgid "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть "
+"свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -741,18 +1293,41 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место на раздел
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
-msgid "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use it."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах "
+"Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
-msgid "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files!"
-msgstr "Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!"
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в "
+"случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует "
+"предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
-msgid "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть «очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов."
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть "
+"«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во "
+"время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. "
+"Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не "
+"гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, "
+"который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам "
+"создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -762,17 +1337,27 @@ msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
-msgstr "При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь диск."
+msgstr ""
+"При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь "
+"диск."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте осторожны!"
+msgstr ""
+"Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте "
+"осторожны!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
-msgid "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option."
-msgstr "Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то "
+"данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим "
+"вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -781,13 +1366,31 @@ msgstr "Вручную"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
-msgid "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями."
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению "
+"разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
-msgid "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:"
-msgstr "В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например gparted с такими параметрами:"
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо "
+"предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у "
+"разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, "
+"надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких "
+"дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на "
+"разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например "
+"gparted с такими параметрами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -801,32 +1404,27 @@ msgstr "«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
-msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
 msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:22
-#: en/DrakX.xml:3
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
 msgid "Installation with DrakX"
 msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX"
 
 #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:28
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Февраль 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
 
@@ -841,69 +1439,109 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42
-#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6
 msgid "<note>"
 msgstr "<note>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43
-#: en/DrakX.xml:7
-msgid "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing."
-msgstr "Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и выбранного вами варианта установки."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор "
+"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и "
+"выбранного вами варианта установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46
-#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
 msgid "</note>"
 msgstr "</note>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48
-#: en/DrakX.xml:12
-msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с "
+"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52
-#: en/DrakX.xml:16
-msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54
-#: en/DrakX.xml:18
-msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. "
+"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь "
+"улучшить данное руководство."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Поздравляем"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
-#. same day, added "s" to "sytems"
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
+#.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
-msgid "You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно "
+"извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
-msgid "After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено несколько систем)."
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из "
+"операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено "
+"несколько систем)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
-msgid "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически "
+"запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -912,47 +1550,80 @@ msgstr "Приятной работы!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:33
-msgid "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia"
-msgstr "Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе Mageia"
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе "
+"Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Форматирование"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
-msgid "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует "
+"форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> "
+"отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, "
+"которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
-msgid "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов."
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. "
+"С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
-msgid "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -961,13 +1632,24 @@ msgstr "DrakX, программа для установки Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:20
-msgid "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as possible."
-msgstr "Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление системы прошло как можно проще для вас."
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для "
+"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление "
+"системы прошло как можно проще для вас."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
-msgid "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен."
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. "
+"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это "
+"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -986,8 +1668,12 @@ msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветств
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -996,33 +1682,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:46
-msgid "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgid ""
+"From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
 msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
-msgid "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2"
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) "
+"можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и нажмите клавишу Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и "
+"нажмите клавишу Enter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
-msgid "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню "
+"Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1031,18 +1735,29 @@ msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с пом�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key."
-msgstr "Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:94
-msgid "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным "
+"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными "
+"возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет "
+"показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры "
+"загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1051,73 +1766,133 @@ msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:102
-msgid "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of performances."
-msgstr "- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности над быстродействием."
+msgid ""
+"- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
+"performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности "
+"над быстродействием."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
-msgid "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием."
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не "
+"принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
-msgid "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки."
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с "
+"возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы "
+"центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
-msgid "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по "
+"умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
-msgid "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры будут учтены при загрузке."
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются "
+"в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры "
+"будут учтены при загрузке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1"
-msgstr "Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1"
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:132
-msgid "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну приветствия."
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из "
+"пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы "
+"получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну "
+"приветствия."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
-msgid "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия "
+"системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</"
+"guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку "
+"параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку "
+"<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F2."
+msgstr ""
+"Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия "
+"клавиши F2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
-msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети (названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети "
+"(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
-msgid "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</link>"
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. "
+"Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1126,8 +1901,12 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует ам�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1136,23 +1915,55 @@ msgstr "Шаги установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
-msgid "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет показан на боковой панели экрана."
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет "
+"показан на боковой панели экрана."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
-msgid "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
-msgstr "На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми пользуются не так часто, как основными."
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы "
+"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой "
+"кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми "
+"пользуются не так часто, как основными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
-msgid "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения относительно текущего шага."
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</"
+"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения "
+"относительно текущего шага."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
-msgid "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> "
+"одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1164,17 +1975,33 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
-msgid "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса."
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может "
+"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших "
+"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого "
+"впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
-msgid "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме."
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме "
+"может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым "
+"режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда "
+"будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия "
+"нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", "
+"и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1183,8 +2010,19 @@ msgstr "Остановка установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:248
-msgid "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type <code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами."
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, "
+"возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае "
+"можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и "
+"выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в "
+"соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. "
+"При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1193,8 +2031,18 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:260
-msgid "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ оперативной памяти."
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых "
+"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно "
+"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, "
+"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение "
+"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ "
+"оперативной памяти."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1203,78 +2051,140 @@ msgstr "Динамические разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:272
-msgid "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" "
+"формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить "
+"Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию "
+"Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Обновления"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
-msgid "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены."
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые "
+"пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
-msgid "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить "
+"эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать "
+"этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
-msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:3
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)"
 
-#. papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
-msgid "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps."
-msgstr "Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. "
+"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы "
+"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из "
+"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
-msgid "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем "
+"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
-msgid "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi cards, etc."
-msgstr "В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются "
+"бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится "
+"программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В "
+"этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к "
+"графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
-msgid "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD и т. п."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в "
+"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием "
+"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение "
+"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных "
+"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены "
+"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и "
+"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD "
+"и т. п."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1283,53 +2193,89 @@ msgstr "Минимальная установка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
-msgid "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в "
+"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
-msgid "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать <application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в частности как сервер или рабочую станцию ​​узкого направления. Этим вариантом следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
+"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в "
+"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию ​​узкого направления. Этим вариантом "
+"следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
-msgid "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности документацию и графический сервер."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам "
+"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности "
+"документацию и графический сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
-msgid "DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно "
+"сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете "
+"ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого "
+"достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1343,8 +2289,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
-msgid "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При "
+"необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1353,8 +2305,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:61
-msgid "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, "
+"очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend="
+"\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1368,13 +2325,17 @@ msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответству
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
-msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках Grub и/или Lilo"
+msgid ""
+"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках "
+"Grub и/или Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1383,8 +2344,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilab
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
-msgid "You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У "
+"каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1393,18 +2358,29 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:91
-msgid "System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб."
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в "
+"фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете "
+"включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
-msgid "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению работы компьютера."
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению "
+"работы компьютера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices"
+"\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1418,8 +2394,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:113
-msgid "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа клавиатуры."
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, "
+"параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа "
+"клавиатуры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1428,8 +2409,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:121
-msgid "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, шаровые манипуляторы и т.д."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, "
+"шаровые манипуляторы и т.д."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1438,8 +2423,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
-msgid "The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является дефолтным."
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом "
+"дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас "
+"более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является "
+"дефолтным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1449,17 +2441,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
 msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших графических карт и дисплеев."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших "
+"графических карт и дисплеев."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1473,13 +2473,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Сеть</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:164
-msgid "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media repositories."
-msgstr "В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали это на предыдущем шаге."
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете "
+"закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после "
+"установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, "
+"после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали "
+"это на предыдущем шаге."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
-msgid "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch that interface as well."
-msgstr "При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр (сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом."
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр "
+"(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1488,13 +2501,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Прокси</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:180
-msgid "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service."
-msgstr "Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб прокси-сервера."
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. "
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб "
+"прокси-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
-msgid "You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to enter here"
-msgstr "Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе."
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать "
+"больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1508,13 +2531,20 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
-msgid "Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему компьютеру достаточную защиту."
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего "
+"компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему "
+"компьютеру достаточную защиту."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу использования системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу "
+"использования системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -1523,55 +2553,92 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:213
-msgid "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и воспользоваться этими данными."
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные "
+"от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и "
+"воспользоваться этими данными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
-msgid "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная система."
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор "
+"служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная "
+"система."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может "
+"значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
-msgid "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition"
-msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
-msgid "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует "
+"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Уровень безопасности"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
 msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
-msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их дефолтные значения."
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их "
+"дефолтные значения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
-msgid "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля <guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля "
+"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -1590,13 +2657,22 @@ msgstr "Определение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13
-msgid "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на котором хранятся данные файла ISO."
+msgid ""
+"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
+"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно "
+"установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на "
+"котором хранятся данные файла ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
-msgid "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/\">здесь</link>."
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/"
+"\">здесь</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -1604,82 +2680,88 @@ msgid "Classical installation media"
 msgstr "Классический носитель для установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Типичные возможности"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Они используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
-msgid "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков."
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
-msgid "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования."
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: "
+"система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Каждый DVD содержит любые доступные рабочие среды и языки."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
-msgid "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free software."
-msgstr "При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного программного обеспечения."
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного "
+"программного обеспечения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD двойственной архитектуры"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
-msgid "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном процессоре."
+msgid ""
+"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
+"automatically according to the detected CPU."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор "
+"архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном "
+"процессоре."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Только рабочий стол XFCE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
-msgid "Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!"
+msgid ""
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное обеспечение."
@@ -1689,26 +2771,33 @@ msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное об
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live носитель"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
-msgid "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно установить Mageia на ваш компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
+"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на "
+"жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно "
+"установить Mageia на ваш компьютер."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для "
+"установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с "
+"предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение."
@@ -1718,25 +2807,19 @@ msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное о
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Только рабочая среда KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Только английский язык."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Только 32 бит."
 
@@ -1745,10 +2828,8 @@ msgstr "Только 32 бит."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME."
 
@@ -1757,10 +2838,8 @@ msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Присутствуют все языки."
 
@@ -1774,39 +2853,56 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
-msgid "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете."
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы "
+"инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и "
+"завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком "
+"диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
-msgid "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB."
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если "
+"канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на "
+"компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать "
+"систему с флэш-диска USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для "
+"пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
-msgid "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it."
-msgstr "Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы."
+msgid ""
+"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен "
+"для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -1820,18 +2916,45 @@ msgstr "Загрузка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
-msgid "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и предоставлена ​​возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:"
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или "
+"с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне "
+"будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и "
+"предоставлена ​​возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных "
+"слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
-msgid "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число (следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:"
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
+"failure. Then this window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных "
+"вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной "
+"из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью "
+"определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если "
+"вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное "
+"число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это "
+"означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число "
+"(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -1851,27 +2974,44 @@ msgstr "Проверка целостности загруженных данн�
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287
 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
-msgstr "Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:"
+msgstr ""
+"Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
-msgid "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/"
+"образа/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
-msgid "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/"
+"файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
-msgid "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:"
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется "
+"определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -1880,8 +3020,13 @@ msgstr "Запись образа ISO"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311
-msgid "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для создания загрузочного носителя."
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. "
+"Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для "
+"создания загрузочного носителя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -1890,8 +3035,16 @@ msgstr "Записать ISO на CD/DVD"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318
-msgid "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на <emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или "
+"файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -1900,18 +3053,30 @@ msgstr "Запись образа ISO на USB флешку"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
-msgid "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы."
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
+"and use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на "
+"USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
-msgid "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to the image size."
-msgstr "В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа."
+msgid ""
+"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
+"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
+"to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой "
+"системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут "
+"уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии придётся его форматировать."
+msgstr ""
+"Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии "
+"придётся его форматировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -1920,76 +3085,100 @@ msgstr "Использование Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
-msgid "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Откройте окно консоли"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
-msgid "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the final -)"
-msgstr "Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)"
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</"
+"userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
-msgid "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления файлами)"
+msgid ""
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте "
+"содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления "
+"файлами)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
-msgid "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB."
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
+"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/"
+"sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
-msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
-msgid "(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgid ""
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # "
+"<userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена."
@@ -2011,8 +3200,12 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408
-msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2021,40 +3214,73 @@ msgstr "Установка Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
-msgid "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">документации Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">документации Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
-msgid "More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Выбор страны и региона"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
-msgid "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности использования беспроводной связи."
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров "
+"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления "
+"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности "
+"использования беспроводной связи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
-msgid "If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто."
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
-msgid "If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice."
-msgstr "Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный выбор."
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. "
+"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный "
+"выбор."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2063,13 +3289,38 @@ msgstr "Способ ввода"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
-msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ "
+"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность "
+"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, "
+"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и "
+"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей "
+"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, "
+"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие "
+"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям "
+"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были "
+"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
-msgid "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; \"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя root."
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить "
+"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить "
+"компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя "
+"root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2078,8 +3329,12 @@ msgstr "Установка или обновление"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2088,8 +3343,11 @@ msgstr "Установка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
-msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить <application>Mageia</application> с нуля."
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2098,23 +3356,64 @@ msgstr "Обновление"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
-msgid "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the latest release."
-msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий <application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии."
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам "
+"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
-msgid "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, "
+"которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия "
+"инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая "
+"уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, "
+"сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
-msgid "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
-msgid "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки."
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы "
+"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора "
+"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2123,33 +3422,77 @@ msgstr "Клавиатура"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
-msgid "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, будет использована типичная американская раскладка US."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с "
+"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, "
+"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
-msgid "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую "
+"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам "
+"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос "
+"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, "
+"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным "
+"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
-msgid "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
-msgstr "Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры."
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, "
+"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
-msgid "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the full list."
-msgstr "После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из полного списка."
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</"
+"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в "
+"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: "
+"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из "
+"полного списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
-msgid "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет "
+"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться "
+"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2158,133 +3501,248 @@ msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:26
-msgid "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе."
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список "
+"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет "
+"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
-msgid "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the <guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно сложно."
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими "
+"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно "
+"сложно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
-msgid "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков."
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать "
+"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот "
+"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
-msgid "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, связанные с выбранной раскладкой."
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для "
+"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, "
+"связанные с выбранной раскладкой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
-msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех установленных языков."
+msgid ""
+"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
+"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
+"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку "
+"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, "
+"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех "
+"установленных языков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
-msgid "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра управления Mageia -&gt; Система -&gt; Настройка локализации системы."
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра "
+"управления Mageia -&gt; Система -&gt; Настройка локализации системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
-msgid "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a different one here."
-msgstr "Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать другой драйвер для мыши."
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать "
+"другой драйвер для мыши."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
-msgid "Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или "
+"USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
-msgid "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с шестью или более кнопками."
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать "
+"evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с "
+"шестью или более кнопками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
-msgstr "Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты"
+msgstr ""
+"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
-msgid "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
+"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите "
+"соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</"
+"emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
-msgid "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
+"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям "
+"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
-msgid "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить "
+"название записи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
-msgid "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+"choice while booting up."
+msgstr ""
+"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если "
+"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
-msgid "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно неизвестно их назначение."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
+"just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. "
+"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно "
+"неизвестно их назначение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика"
 
-#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
-msgid "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить их с помощью этой страницы."
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были "
+"выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить "
+"их с помощью этой страницы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
-msgid "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик."
+msgid ""
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"allow Mageia to create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+"Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. "
+"Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia "
+"к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2298,23 +3756,46 @@ msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
-msgid "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia boot menu."
-msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
+"boot menu."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в "
+"MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске "
+"уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты "
+"этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
-msgid "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo."
+msgid ""
+"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
+"legacy and Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в "
+"дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
-msgid "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used."
-msgstr "Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком GRUB (устаревшей версии)."
+msgid ""
+"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
+"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+"Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в "
+"текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком "
+"GRUB (устаревшей версии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
-msgid "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
+"the Summary page during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе "
+"использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке "
+"операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -2323,13 +3804,27 @@ msgstr "Использование уже установленного загр�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
-msgid "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе «Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете изменить место установки загрузчика."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте "
+"остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе "
+"«Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы "
+"сможете изменить место установки загрузчика."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
-msgid "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»."
+msgid ""
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR "
+"будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на "
+"шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -2338,13 +3833,31 @@ msgstr "Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sd
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
-msgid "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to the installer screen."
-msgstr "Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду <literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7."
+msgid ""
+"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду "
+"<literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/"
+"</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с "
+"помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
-msgid "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question."
-msgstr "Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации другой операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного "
+"загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в "
+"основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки "
+"загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом "
+"режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации "
+"другой операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -2353,69 +3866,118 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры загрузчика"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
-msgid "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог <literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места."
+msgid ""
+"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог "
+"<literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp "
+"при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Настройка SCSI"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
-msgid "DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете "
+"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых "
+"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
-msgid "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) you have."
-msgstr "Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело."
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить "
+"DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным образом."
+msgstr ""
+"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным "
+"образом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Настройка звука"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
-msgid "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one."
-msgstr "На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется только один дефолтный."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой "
+"карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется "
+"только один дефолтный."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
-msgid "The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна."
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после "
+"установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</"
+"command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав "
+"вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</"
+"guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
-msgid "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить эту проблему."
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на "
+"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение "
+"неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить "
+"эту проблему."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -2424,38 +3986,68 @@ msgstr "Дополнительно"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:44
-msgid "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер."
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки "
+"полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных "
+"драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
-msgid "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on <guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на <guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на "
+"<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#. test comment - johnr
-#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your choice."
-msgstr "Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном выборе."
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном "
+"выборе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, хранящиеся на этом диске."
-
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите "
+"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, "
+"хранящиеся на этом диске."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po
index 22bd2dbb..4fa98597 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sl.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
@@ -2937,62 +2937,72 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
 "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
 "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -3267,6 +3277,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
 #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
 #~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
 #~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po
index 2c8d7882..5a2d53db 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sq.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sq.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014
 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"sq/)\n"
+"Language: sq\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: sq\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Licenca e pajtueshmërisë"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e "
+"licencës me kujdes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </"
+"application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj "
+"klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për "
+"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin "
+"tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,27 +101,32 @@ msgstr "sq"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime "
+"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja "
+"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -128,38 +146,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me "
+"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të "
+"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me "
+"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin "
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,20 +191,32 @@ msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato."
+msgstr ""
+"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</"
+"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim "
+"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> "
+"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës "
+"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të "
+"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një "
+"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në "
+"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni "
+"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim."
+msgstr ""
+"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një "
+"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera "
+"në një fjalëkalim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -197,29 +229,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij"
+msgstr ""
+"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-"
+"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, "
+"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër "
+"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë "
+"ikonën e përdoruesve."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në "
+"këtë kuti teksti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës "
+"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. "
+"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +270,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të "
+"shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë "
+"të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e "
+"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të "
+"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të "
+"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -250,14 +302,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni "
+"në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të "
+"ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të "
+"gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme "
+"tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -265,7 +323,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të "
+"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në "
+"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. "
+"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -283,7 +345,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një "
+"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke "
+"shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari "
+"vizitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -299,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni "
+"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për "
+"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se "
+"përdoruesit normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -321,8 +391,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -330,27 +400,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -365,39 +435,53 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</"
+"literal> ndarje (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë "
+"montimi\", \"Tipi\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut"
+"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të "
+"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë "
+"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju "
+"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për "
+"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh."
+msgstr ""
+"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës "
+"montuese bosh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -405,15 +489,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt "
+"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</"
+"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë "
+"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi "
+"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të "
+"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -423,9 +514,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme "
+"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -433,14 +526,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të "
+"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin "
+"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -452,21 +550,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose "
+"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri "
+"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë "
+"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose "
+"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të "
+"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> "
+"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak "
+"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -475,7 +582,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet "
+"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, "
+"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në "
+"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi "
+"ta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -497,44 +609,50 @@ msgstr "Mjedis Grafike."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar "
+"manualisht ose hequr paketa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni "
+"një instalim minimal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar "
+"instalimin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -542,29 +660,35 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju "
+"ndezni sistemin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë "
+"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -576,7 +700,9 @@ msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur "
+"në kutinë info më poshtë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -588,36 +714,45 @@ msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt "
+"me ju në të njëjtën kohë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike "
+"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni "
+"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -627,10 +762,13 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -644,7 +782,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini "
+"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -667,7 +807,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo "
+"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund "
+"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -675,14 +818,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur "
+"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e "
+"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron "
+"aftësitë themelore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave."
+msgstr ""
+"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju "
+"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -690,30 +839,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës."
+msgstr ""
+"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të "
+"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet "
+"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë."
+msgstr ""
+"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të "
+"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas "
+"rinisjes tuaj të parë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,19 +878,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) "
+"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë "
+"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të "
+"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</"
+"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë "
+"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. "
+"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</"
+"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja "
+"është e gabuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën "
+"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -744,7 +912,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni "
+"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</"
+"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni "
+"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit "
+"tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -756,7 +930,9 @@ msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin "
+"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -764,19 +940,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë "
+"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë "
+"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse "
+"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet "
+"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin "
+"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa "
+"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e "
+"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të "
+"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -788,7 +974,9 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do "
+"të identifikojë saktë tuajat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -797,15 +985,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të "
+"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni "
+"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të "
+"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,10 +1011,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale "
+"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se "
+"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është "
+"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -840,7 +1039,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin "
+"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -852,7 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini "
+"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -873,11 +1076,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo "
+"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të "
+"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të "
+"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë "
+"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -887,39 +1096,41 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -927,7 +1138,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. "
+"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë "
+"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -957,14 +1171,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të "
+"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -976,7 +1194,9 @@ msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në "
+"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -986,9 +1206,11 @@ msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do "
+"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -998,9 +1220,11 @@ msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, "
+"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1008,7 +1232,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj "
+"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të "
+"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1019,7 +1246,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë."
+msgstr ""
+"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet "
+"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në "
+"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-"
+"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në "
+"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë "
+"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1034,7 +1267,9 @@ msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!"
+msgstr ""
+"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. "
+"Kujdes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1042,7 +1277,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju "
+"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, "
+"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1052,9 +1290,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizuar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) "
+"tuaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1063,8 +1303,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1099,8 +1339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1123,10 +1362,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit."
+msgstr ""
+"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë "
+"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe "
+"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1137,24 +1379,27 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1162,39 +1407,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Urime"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe "
+"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të "
+"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi "
+"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1206,24 +1461,29 @@ msgstr "Kënaquni!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni "
+"në Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Ndarjet"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1251,13 +1511,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të "
+"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në "
+"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</"
+"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1298,9 +1563,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1587,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1600,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1617,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1677,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1696,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1711,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1732,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1756,30 @@ msgstr "Hapat e instalimit"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të "
+"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton "
+"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, "
+"opsionet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin "
+"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1789,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e "
+"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. "
+"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, "
+"kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë "
+"mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me "
+"gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju "
+"doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl "
+"Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1813,25 @@ msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo "
+"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të "
+"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1847,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem "
+"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të "
+"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar "
+"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me "
+"opsione të tjera të nevojshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,8 +1864,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1590,9 +1879,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1888,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Azhurnime"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar."
+msgstr ""
+"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa "
+"duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1918,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të "
+"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni "
+"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,28 +1933,33 @@ msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në "
+"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja "
+"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
@@ -1676,8 +1972,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1685,11 +1981,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1701,8 +1997,8 @@ msgstr "Instalim Minimal"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1727,34 +2023,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1779,8 +2078,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1824,8 +2123,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1867,7 +2166,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e "
+"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1889,8 +2190,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,22 +2202,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1942,7 +2244,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës "
+"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1960,9 +2264,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit "
+"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1977,8 +2283,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2008,7 +2314,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme."
+msgstr ""
+"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të "
+"jetë shumë e rrezikshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
@@ -2020,10 +2328,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2031,15 +2338,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2084,8 +2394,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2409,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2425,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2456,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2485,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2515,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2561,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2613,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2660,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2707,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2753,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2852,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2868,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2611,13 +2887,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha "
+"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në "
+"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet "
+"Wireless."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2638,13 +2918,13 @@ msgstr "Metodë hyrëse"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2663,9 +2943,11 @@ msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2676,7 +2958,9 @@ msgstr "Instalo"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2697,30 +2981,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2738,35 +3022,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2790,29 +3075,38 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për "
+"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë "
+"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin "
+"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni "
+"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të "
+"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2843,17 +3137,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Zgjidh miun"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2865,8 +3160,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2877,56 +3172,73 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,31 +3249,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3015,16 +3327,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3037,8 +3349,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3046,8 +3358,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3060,9 +3372,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3070,29 +3382,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3113,13 +3424,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3456,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3485,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3510,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po
index 88b1b788..701f5e26 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sv.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sv.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
@@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 14:11+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"sv/)\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: sv\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -41,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du "
+"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din "
+"dator att startas om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se "
+"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "sv"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan "
+"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en "
+"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras "
+"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att "
+"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser "
+"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna "
+"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller "
+"din egen NFS-installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -173,20 +194,29 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs  (root) -lösenord:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla "
+"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat "
+"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet "
+"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende "
+"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du "
+"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du "
+"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning "
+"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -199,29 +229,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator"
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en "
+"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda "
+"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella "
+"användaren gör med sin dator"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det "
+"att ändra användarens ikon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta "
+"fält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens "
+"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga "
+"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -229,22 +270,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för "
+"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar "
+"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i "
+"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i "
+"varje textfält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att "
+"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -252,14 +301,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad."
+msgstr ""
+"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare "
+"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</"
+"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga "
+"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till "
+"en eller flera riktiga användare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -267,7 +322,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till "
+"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i "
+"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -285,7 +343,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra "
+"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera ett gästkonto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -293,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne"
+msgstr ""
+"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar "
+"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde "
+"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -301,7 +365,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och "
+"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -309,7 +376,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra "
+"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, "
+"Dash och Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -317,42 +387,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du "
+"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad "
+"du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också "
+"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -360,46 +436,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte "
+"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra "
+"monteringspunkterna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", "
+"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], "
+"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i "
+"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, "
+"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina "
+"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din "
+"Cauldron-installation<literal/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank."
+msgstr ""
+"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för "
+"monteringspunkten blank."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -407,15 +500,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, "
+"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I "
+"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och "
+"storlek."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera "
+"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -425,9 +525,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera "
+"ditt val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -435,14 +537,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen"
+msgstr ""
+"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket "
+"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på "
+"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -454,21 +561,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</"
+"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med "
+"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> "
+"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än "
+"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre "
+"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Val av paketgrupp"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -477,7 +592,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver "
+"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information "
+"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -499,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt "
+"lägga till eller ta bort paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man "
+"gör en minimal installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Välj individuella paket"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-"
+"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att "
+"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för "
+"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma "
+"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt "
 "system."
-msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att "
+"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -590,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma "
+"tidszon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal "
+"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är "
+"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -629,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att "
+"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet "
+"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -669,7 +820,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu "
+"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en "
+"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -677,14 +831,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen "
+"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt "
+"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller "
+"grundläggande kapaciteter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet."
+msgstr ""
+"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du "
+"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -692,30 +852,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida."
+msgstr ""
+"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket "
+"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från "
+"kortets tillverkares hemsida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du "
+"borde göra detta efter din första omstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -724,19 +890,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du "
+"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så "
+"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-"
+"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan "
+"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-"
+"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att "
+"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att "
+"valet är inkorrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från "
+"listan om det behövs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -746,7 +923,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från "
+"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</"
+"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt "
+"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -758,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad "
+"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -766,19 +950,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte "
+"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina "
+"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina "
+"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer "
+"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till "
+"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills "
+"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra "
+"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att "
+"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -790,7 +984,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att "
+"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -799,15 +995,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din "
+"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som "
+"följde med din bildskärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -818,10 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras "
+"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer "
+"visas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -830,7 +1038,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp "
+"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, "
+"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning "
+"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -842,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från "
+"databasen över skärmar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -854,7 +1068,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket "
+"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -875,11 +1091,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara "
+"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-"
+"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en "
+"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -889,47 +1110,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste "
+"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. "
+"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE "
+"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a)  disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar."
+msgstr ""
+"Justera layouten av din(a)  disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa "
+"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och "
+"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan "
+"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det "
+"är tre stycken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på "
+"den valda lagringsenheten"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den."
+msgstr ""
+"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan "
+"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den "
+"eller töm den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -952,21 +1190,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur "
+"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</"
+"application> kan installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på "
+"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -978,7 +1223,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner "
+"blivit hittade och får användas för installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -988,9 +1235,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda "
+"det till din nya installation av Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1000,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan "
+"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1010,7 +1261,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!"
+msgstr ""
+"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-"
+"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du "
+"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1021,7 +1275,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. "
+"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt "
+"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte "
+"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att "
+"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga "
+"filer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1036,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!"
+msgstr ""
+"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta "
+"försiktighet!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1044,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat "
+"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så "
+"ska du inte använda detta alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1054,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/"
+"a disk/ar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1065,10 +1332,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:"
+msgstr ""
+"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den "
+"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig "
+"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del "
+"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår "
+"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt "
+"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med "
+"följande inställningar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1084,7 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1101,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1125,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna "
+"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val "
+"du gör under installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1139,64 +1416,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, "
+"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Grattis"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</"
+"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att "
+"starta om din dator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan "
+"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din "
+"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1208,43 +1504,54 @@ msgstr "Njut!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till "
+"Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formaterar"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på "
+"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering "
+"kommer att sparas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner "
+"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1253,14 +1560,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på  <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på  "
+"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> "
+"och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till "
+"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att "
+"fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1273,14 +1586,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt."
+msgstr ""
+"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias "
+"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så "
+"enkel som möjligt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att "
+"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1295,15 +1613,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:"
+msgstr ""
+"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1314,19 +1634,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar."
+msgstr ""
+"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga "
+"inställningar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket "
+"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1337,15 +1663,20 @@ msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en "
+"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: "
+"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och "
+"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1354,8 +1685,10 @@ msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1368,7 +1701,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom "
+"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som "
+"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra "
+"poster:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1380,28 +1717,36 @@ msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda."
+msgstr ""
+"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på "
+"bekostnad av prestanda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering "
+"beaktas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det "
+"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden."
+msgstr ""
+"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra "
+"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1409,12 +1754,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå."
+msgstr ""
+"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med "
+"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas "
+"dock ändå."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1427,12 +1777,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen."
+msgstr ""
+"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj "
+"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller "
+"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1441,12 +1796,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ.  Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja "
+"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till "
+"listan med alternativ.  Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden "
+"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1458,17 +1819,22 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen "
+"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns "
+"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen "
+"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1478,9 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1490,24 +1858,29 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i "
+"sidopanelen på skärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha  <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha  <guibutton>Avancerat</"
+"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget."
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare "
+"information om det nuvarande steget."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1517,10 +1890,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa "
+"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en "
+"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli "
+"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan "
+"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på "
+"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner "
+"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, "
+"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1532,25 +1913,32 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända "
+"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att "
+"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt "
+"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad "
+"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och "
+"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: "
+"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter "
+"installationen i textläge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1565,7 +1953,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt."
+msgstr ""
+"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem "
+"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska "
+"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, "
+"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra "
+"alternativ om nödvändigt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1577,9 +1970,13 @@ msgstr "RAM-problem"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera "
+"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. "
+"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1592,39 +1989,43 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format "
+"i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. "
+"Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande "
+"disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Uppdateringar"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har "
+"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1632,7 +2033,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj "
+"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är "
+"ansluten till internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1644,55 +2048,71 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg."
+msgstr ""
+"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga "
+"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv "
+"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i "
+"nästkommande steg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att "
+"det innehåller basen för distributionen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort."
+msgstr ""
+"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. "
+"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd "
+"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv "
+"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även "
+"firmware till olika WiFi-kort."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-"
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är "
+"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i "
+"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar "
+"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1703,9 +2123,11 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på  sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på  sidan för "
+"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1714,14 +2136,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för "
+"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en "
+"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta "
+"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig "
+"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1729,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1765,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de "
+"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla "
+"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka "
+"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1781,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan "
+"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></"
+"xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1795,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar "
+"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1826,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-"
+"mapp</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1840,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. "
+"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa "
+"arbetsuppgifter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan "
+"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1869,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras "
+"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1881,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor "
+"etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1891,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. "
+"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin "
+"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1903,9 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1915,10 +2370,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>.
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1937,14 +2393,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner "
+"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i "
+"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat "
+"Nonfree-medierna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också."
+msgstr ""
+"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg "
+"att kolla detta gränssnitt också."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1957,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna "
+"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en "
+"proxytjänst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som "
+"du behöver ange här"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1979,9 +2446,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är "
+"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1998,50 +2467,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det."
+msgstr ""
+"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och "
+"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är "
+"beroende på vad du använder din dator till."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partitionen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition.  Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partition.  Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra "
+"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2052,14 +2533,18 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera "
+"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia "
+"Control Center."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2081,14 +2566,19 @@ msgstr "Definition"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen är kopierad."
+msgstr ""
+"Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att "
+"installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen "
+"är kopierad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2101,83 +2591,82 @@ msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Vanliga funktioner"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "De använder den traditionella installeraren drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version."
+msgstr ""
+"De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "Dvd"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, "
+"minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller alla tillgängliga skrivbordsmiljöer och språk."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till programvara som inte är fri."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till "
+"programvara som inte är fri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt identifierad processor."
+msgstr ""
+"Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt "
+"identifierad processor."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) SOM SKA MARKERAS!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"SOM SKA MARKERAS!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara."
@@ -2187,31 +2676,32 @@ msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live media"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den "
+"på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO-filen innehåller bara en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren "
+"installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare "
+"version.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "De innehåller ej fri programvara."
@@ -2221,21 +2711,18 @@ msgstr "De innehåller ej fri programvara."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars."
@@ -2245,8 +2732,7 @@ msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME."
@@ -2256,8 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Alla språk finns med."
@@ -2272,48 +2757,55 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Boot-bara CDs"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att "
+"starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra "
+"installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på "
+"datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om "
+"hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn "
+"saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej fri programvara."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej "
+"fri programvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som behöver."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som "
+"behöver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2328,29 +2820,41 @@ msgstr "Hämtar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den "
+"antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information "
+"om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för "
+"långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då öppnas följande fönster:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten "
+"på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har "
+"beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut "
+"värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så "
+"är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då "
+"öppnas följande fönster:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2375,30 +2879,38 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) "
+"med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2410,7 +2922,9 @@ msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen."
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media."
+msgstr ""
+"Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det "
+"här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2422,10 +2936,13 @@ msgstr "Bränn ISO-filen till en CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller "
+"filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2437,7 +2954,9 @@ msgstr "Dumpa ISO-filen på ett USB-minne"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem "
+"på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2445,12 +2964,17 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas till avbildens storlek."
+msgstr ""
+"att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som "
+"finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas "
+"till avbildens storlek."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera USB-minnet."
+msgstr ""
+"För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera USB-"
+"minnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -2460,92 +2984,96 @@ msgstr "Använda Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Öppna en konsol"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte bort -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte "
+"bort -)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som läser det)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller "
+"filhanterare som läser det)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB."
+msgstr ""
+"Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/"
+"sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart."
@@ -2570,7 +3098,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2580,32 +3110,38 @@ msgstr "Installera Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
+"doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Mer information är tillgänglig på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mer information är tillgänglig på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Välj ditt land / region"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2613,14 +3149,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region.  Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ditt land eller region.  Det är viktigt för alla typer av "
+"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel "
+"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</"
+"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2629,7 +3170,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> "
+"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som "
+"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt "
+"riktiga val så ignorera detta.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2640,14 +3185,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en "
+"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare "
+"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). "
+"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien "
+"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska "
+"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så "
+"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra "
+"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander "
+"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av "
+"paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2655,7 +3210,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -&gt; \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du "
+"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via "
+"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -&gt; \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake "
+"som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2665,9 +3224,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2678,7 +3239,9 @@ msgstr "Installera"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2691,7 +3254,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på "
+"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av "
+"dem till den senaste utgåvan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2699,31 +3265,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som "
+"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes "
+"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som "
+"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren "
+"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa "
+"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en "
+"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli "
+"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan "
+"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på "
+"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner "
+"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, "
+"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från "
+"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka "
+"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta "
+"senare i installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2735,43 +3318,62 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande "
+"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk "
+"layout."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. "
+"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera "
+"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en "
+"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar "
+"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt "
+"tangentbord där."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</"
+"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och "
+"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan "
+"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt "
+"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2779,7 +3381,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer "
+"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan "
+"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2792,38 +3397,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din "
+"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val "
+"under installationen och för ditt installerade system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i "
+"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du "
+"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem "
+"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter "
+"installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som "
+"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt "
+"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det "
+"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2831,141 +3451,185 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i "
+"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. "
+"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Ändra språk för ditt system."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -"
+"&gt; System -&gt; Ändra språk för ditt system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Välj mus"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-"
+"möss</guilabel> ett bra val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> "
+"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler "
+"knappar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att "
+"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av "
+"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och "
+"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det "
+"helt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart."
+msgstr ""
+"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett "
+"val vid uppstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör."
+msgstr ""
+"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var "
+"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är "
+"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du "
+"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller "
+"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2984,14 +3648,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem "
+"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med "
+"GRUB legacy och Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2999,14 +3668,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används."
+msgstr ""
+"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB "
+"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare "
+"används."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är "
+"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3017,41 +3691,56 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du "
+"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på "
+"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig "
+"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga "
+"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen "
+"tidigare, t. ex. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten."
+msgstr ""
+"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att "
+"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+"tar dig tillbaka till installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga."
+msgstr ""
+"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig "
+"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det "
+"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga "
+"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3062,48 +3751,57 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> "
+"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid "
+"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd "
+"fritt utrymme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Ställ in SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre "
+"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda "
+"och kan därför inte känna igen disken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har."
+msgstr ""
+"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du "
+"har."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3115,13 +3813,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3129,7 +3829,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan."
+msgstr ""
+"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde "
+"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3139,16 +3841,22 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan."
+msgstr ""
+"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen "
+"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta "
+"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken "
+"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</"
+"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3161,44 +3869,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin."
+msgstr ""
+"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under "
+"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där "
+"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har "
+"valt en felaktig drivrutin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på "
+"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken "
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla "
+"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po
index 7bbd1eb9..59506842 100644
--- a/docs/installer/tr.po
+++ b/docs/installer/tr.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -12,14 +12,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 16:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/tr/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"tr/)\n"
+"Language: tr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: tr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -30,9 +31,11 @@ msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -42,31 +45,39 @@ msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans koşullarını dikkatle okuyun."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans "
+"koşullarını dikkatle okuyun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır "
+"ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatacaktır."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür "
+"ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı "
+"yeniden başlatacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -78,7 +89,9 @@ msgstr "Sürüm Notları"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu "
+"görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -91,27 +104,31 @@ msgstr "tr"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik "
+"disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, "
+"ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -131,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek "
+"Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları "
+"ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli "
+"bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -174,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta <emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı denetlenir."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta "
+"<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya "
+"yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya "
+"başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında "
+"kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola "
+"kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı "
+"parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı "
+"denetlenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması en iyisidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük "
+"harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması "
+"en iyisidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -200,29 +230,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha "
+"az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını "
+"kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının "
+"bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna girin."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna "
+"girin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını "
+"belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini "
+"kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe "
+"duyarlıdır.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -230,22 +272,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. "
+"Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca "
+"bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin "
+"kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda "
+"aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından "
+"okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -253,14 +303,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki "
+"Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem "
+"okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir "
+"kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden "
+"başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -268,7 +324,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm "
+"kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> "
+"adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -286,7 +345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz "
+"kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek "
+"olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -294,7 +356,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.   Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun "
+"kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.   "
+"Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -302,7 +367,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını "
+"etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir "
+"konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak "
+"normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -310,7 +379,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' dir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz "
+"kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' "
+"dir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -318,42 +390,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda "
+"eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir "
+"rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. "
+"Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı "
+"biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -361,46 +439,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. <application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. "
+"<application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız "
+"bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün olduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün "
+"olduğundan emin olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası\", \"Türü\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası"
+"\", \"Türü\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası"
+"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama "
+"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de "
+"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için "
+"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası "
+"alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -408,15 +503,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve boyutunu görebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini "
+"seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini "
+"işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve "
+"boyutunu görebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini "
+"biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -426,9 +528,11 @@ msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar önerilebilir."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar "
+"önerilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -436,14 +540,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. "
+"Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -455,21 +563,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa <application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa "
+"<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. "
+"Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini "
+"kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü "
+"ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha "
+"az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -478,7 +595,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak görüntülenebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz "
+"için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak "
+"her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak "
+"görüntülenebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -500,74 +621,90 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel Ortam."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği "
+"kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend="
+"\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya kaldırabilirsiniz."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) "
+"kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> "
+"tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve "
+"yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Hizmetleri Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki "
+"hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -579,48 +716,61 @@ msgstr "DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda görüntülenir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda "
+"görüntülenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri değiştirin."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri "
+"değiştirin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın "
+"bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen "
+"GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel "
+"zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -630,24 +780,31 @@ msgstr "Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına "
+"sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -670,7 +827,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde bulmanız mümkündür"
+msgstr ""
+"Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski "
+"bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde "
+"bulmanız mümkündür"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -678,14 +838,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri "
+"sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel "
+"yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine erişebileceğinizi unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine "
+"erişebileceğinizi unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -693,30 +858,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel sürücüler sunabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı "
+"durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel "
+"sürücüler sunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu "
+"seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -725,19 +896,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı (ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe <acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı "
+"(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, "
+"bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü "
+"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın "
+"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması "
+"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin "
+"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız listeden kartınızı seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız "
+"listeden kartınızı seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -747,7 +929,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak "
+"ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da "
+"<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -759,7 +946,9 @@ msgstr "Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz "
+"çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -767,19 +956,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum "
+"esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu "
+"düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını "
+"soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların "
+"kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız "
+"yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya "
+"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa "
+"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok "
+"seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -791,7 +990,9 @@ msgstr "Monitör Seçmek"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip "
+"olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -800,15 +1001,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle gelen kılavuza bakın"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya "
+"ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler "
+"yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle "
+"gelen kılavuza bakın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -819,10 +1027,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı "
+"ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta "
+"tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının "
+"hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -831,7 +1043,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı "
+"belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar "
+"verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve "
+"monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -843,7 +1059,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya çalışır."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya "
+"çalışır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -855,7 +1073,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Üretici</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -876,11 +1096,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genel</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek akıllıca olur."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması "
+"görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel "
+"görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için "
+"Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi "
+"bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek "
+"akıllıca olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -890,47 +1116,64 @@ msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı "
+"bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin "
+"olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği "
+"işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu "
+"değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu "
+"görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir "
+"sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü "
+"Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden boyutlandırın veya silin."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra "
+"onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden "
+"boyutlandırın veya silin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -953,21 +1196,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme "
+"sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair "
+"bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin "
+"bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -979,7 +1229,9 @@ msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk "
+"bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -989,9 +1241,11 @@ msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için "
+"bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1001,9 +1255,11 @@ msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu kullanmayı önerebilir."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu "
+"kullanmayı önerebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1011,7 +1267,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak "
+"riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1022,7 +1280,12 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü \"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü "
+"\"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış "
+"olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına "
+"dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. "
+"Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1037,7 +1300,9 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli olun!"
+msgstr ""
+"Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli "
+"olun!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1045,7 +1310,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu seçeneği kullanmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya "
+"disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu "
+"seçeneği kullanmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1055,9 +1323,11 @@ msgstr "Özel"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam denetim sunar."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam "
+"denetim sunar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1066,10 +1336,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine 4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: "
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine "
+"4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği "
+"nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk "
+"üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok "
+"boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı "
+"bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi "
+"öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1085,7 +1362,9 @@ msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin "
+"olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1102,8 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Şubat 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1126,10 +1404,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. "
+"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize "
+"bağlıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1140,64 +1421,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile "
+"lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
 "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> "
+"tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının "
+"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile "
+"irtibat kurun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Tebrikler"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. "
+"Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden "
+"başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden "
+"fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden "
+"seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1209,43 +1510,54 @@ msgstr "Tadını çıkarın!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin"
+msgstr ""
+"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www."
+"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Biçimlendirme"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri korunacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri "
+"korunacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir"
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri "
+"seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1254,14 +1566,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra <guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve "
+"yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra "
+"<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri "
+"getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu "
+"görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1274,14 +1593,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır."
+msgstr ""
+"İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, "
+"Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde "
+"yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde "
+"tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1296,15 +1620,18 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır:"
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı "
+"bulunmaktadır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1322,12 +1649,16 @@ msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:"
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir "
+"başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1338,15 +1669,20 @@ msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: <guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı "
+"bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: "
+"<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve "
+"<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1355,8 +1691,10 @@ msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1369,7 +1707,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden "
+"denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1381,28 +1722,37 @@ msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yap
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli seçeneklere öncelik verilir."
+msgstr ""
+"- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli "
+"seçeneklere öncelik verilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba alınmaz."
+msgstr ""
+"- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba "
+"alınmaz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu "
+"seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri değiştirir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri "
+"değiştirir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1410,12 +1760,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında uygulanmaktadırlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında "
+"uygulanmaktadırlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1428,12 +1783,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok "
+"tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc "
+"tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,12 +1802,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> satırına elle eklenebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya "
+"<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler "
+"listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> "
+"satırına elle eklenebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1459,17 +1825,22 @@ msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) "
+"kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda "
+"tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında "
+"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1479,9 +1850,11 @@ msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1491,24 +1864,29 @@ msgstr "Kurulum adımları"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma bölünmüştür."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma "
+"bölünmüştür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> "
+"düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir."
+msgstr ""
+"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1518,10 +1896,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> "
+"tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1533,25 +1920,31 @@ msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında <code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran "
+"kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında "
+"<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda "
+"metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama "
+"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:"
+"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve "
+"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1566,7 +1959,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir "
+"sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması "
+"işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut "
+"satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer "
+"seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1578,9 +1976,13 @@ msgstr "RAM sorunu"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' "
+"İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> "
+"parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade "
+"etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1593,9 +1995,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1603,29 +2004,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Güncellemeler"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı "
+"paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1633,7 +2034,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' ı seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak "
+"istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' "
+"ı seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1645,55 +2049,71 @@ msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri "
+"kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen "
+"adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın temel paketlerini içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın "
+"temel paketlerini içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım yazılımlarını içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. "
+"Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) "
+"kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran "
+"kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım "
+"yazılımlarını içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış "
+"paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların "
+"bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. "
+"Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod "
+"çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1704,9 +2124,11 @@ msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>"
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum "
+"yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1715,14 +2137,20 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya "
+"özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler "
+"için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek "
+"kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç "
+"yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1730,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1766,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin "
+"yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir "
+"ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1782,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse "
+"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1796,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: "
+"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1812,7 +2252,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi değiştirmeyin"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi "
+"değiştirmeyin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1827,9 +2269,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/"
+"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1841,14 +2285,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı bırakmanızı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) "
+"işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı "
+"bırakmanızı sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata "
+"bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1870,7 +2319,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir."
+msgstr ""
+"Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye "
+"düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1882,7 +2333,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1892,10 +2345,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği "
+"sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri "
+"öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1904,9 +2360,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1916,10 +2372,11 @@ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1938,14 +2395,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu "
+"etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</"
+"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini ayarlamayı unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini "
+"ayarlamayı unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1958,14 +2421,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı "
+"görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için "
+"bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize danışmanız gerekebilir"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize "
+"danışmanız gerekebilir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1980,9 +2448,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu "
+"durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1999,50 +2469,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri "
+"çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için "
+"bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini "
+"unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü yeniden boyutlandır"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü "
+"yeniden boyutlandır"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Güvenlik Seviyesi"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2053,14 +2536,17 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim "
+"Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2087,8 +2573,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2102,14 +2588,12 @@ msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2120,30 +2604,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2155,30 +2635,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2188,31 +2664,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2222,21 +2694,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Yalnız 32 bit."
@@ -2246,8 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "Yalnız 32 bit."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı."
@@ -2257,8 +2725,7 @@ msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2273,23 +2740,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2297,8 +2762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2308,8 +2772,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2329,25 +2792,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2376,29 +2839,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2423,9 +2886,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2461,8 +2923,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2470,83 +2932,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2581,16 +3031,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2598,15 +3047,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2614,14 +3066,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ "
+"dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek "
+"Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2630,7 +3087,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek seçiminizi uygulayacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; "
+"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir "
+"ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek "
+"seçiminizi uygulayacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2641,14 +3102,23 @@ msgstr "Girdi yöntemi:"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi (listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi "
+"(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden "
+"çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını "
+"sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde "
+"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön "
+"tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar "
+"yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer "
+"işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa "
+"kurulabilirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2656,7 +3126,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -&gt; \"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak erişebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve "
+"kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -&gt; "
+"\"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak "
+"erişebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2666,9 +3140,11 @@ msgstr "Kurulum veya Yükseltme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2679,7 +3155,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için kullanın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için "
+"kullanın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2692,7 +3170,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme yükseltmeye izin verecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme "
+"yükseltmeye izin verecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2700,31 +3181,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen "
+"desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme "
+"mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş "
+"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi "
+"olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına "
+"aynı anda basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" "
+"ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak "
+"dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki "
+"aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2736,43 +3236,58 @@ msgstr "Klavye"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön "
+"tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. "
+"Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile "
+"birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye "
+"üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da "
+"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk "
+"klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış "
+"gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam "
+"edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2780,7 +3295,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak istediğiniz sorulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve "
+"Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak "
+"istediğiniz sorulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2793,38 +3311,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış "
+"sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor olacaktır."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu "
+"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor "
+"olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında "
+"tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil "
+"ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı dili de kurmanız önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı "
+"dili de kurmanız önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2832,141 +3364,189 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için "
+"uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı "
+"bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de "
+"devre dışı bırakılmış olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -&gt; Sistem -"
+"&gt; Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Fare seçin"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada "
+"seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp; USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp; "
+"USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak "
+"için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> "
+"seçeneğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan "
+"ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek "
+"ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden adlandırabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden "
+"adlandırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin önyükleme yapacağı girdidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin "
+"önyükleme yapacağı girdidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye kalkmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa "
+"bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye "
+"kalkmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme "
+"ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda "
+"mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir "
+"önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2985,14 +3565,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne eklemeyi dener."
+msgstr ""
+"Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit "
+"diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim "
+"sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne "
+"eklemeyi dener."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı olarak sunmaktadır."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı "
+"olarak sunmaktadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3000,14 +3586,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında algılanmayacaklardır."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) "
+"tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında "
+"algılanmayacaklardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz "
+"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3018,41 +3609,57 @@ msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet "
+"sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan "
+"Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız,  sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü seçmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. "
+"Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız,  sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü "
+"seçmelisiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir bölümdür."
+msgstr ""
+"Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir "
+"bölümdür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün "
+"nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. "
+"Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, "
+"bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili "
+"önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve "
+"kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine "
+"bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3063,48 +3670,56 @@ msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı "
+"alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"<guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece "
+"biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI Kur"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI "
+"denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri "
+"belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle belirtmeniz gerekecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle "
+"belirtmeniz gerekecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3116,13 +3731,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3130,7 +3747,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı sürücünün ismi sunulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı "
+"sürücünün ismi sunulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3140,16 +3759,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra "
+"sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın "
+"veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> "
+"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı önerileri bulabilirsiniz."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, "
+"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun "
+"giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı "
+"önerileri bulabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3162,44 +3789,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa "
+"ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü "
+"veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po
index 37b668bc..28fb67e5 100644
--- a/docs/installer/uk.po
+++ b/docs/installer/uk.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 21:11+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
@@ -3619,23 +3619,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "більше кнопками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
 "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
 "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
@@ -3645,19 +3646,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</emphasis>. У "
 "відповідь буде показано вікно редагування."
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
@@ -3666,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3674,7 +3684,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "запису."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
@@ -3683,7 +3693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -4032,6 +4042,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "цьому диску."
 
 #~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
 #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
 #~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
 #~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"